Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 158

Fire Product Catalogue - Issue 5.

a vital part of your world

Introduction
Welcome to Issue 5.2 of Tyco Safety Products Fire Product Catalogue of product available from our Letchworth UK Distribution
Centre. We aim to make your product range as comprehensive as possible to ensure you never need go anywhere else. To meet
this goal, our product specialists, with your help, have selected the most appropriate, cost effective product range all available for
next day delivery.
In line with our ISO 9000 accreditation, only those products that meet the highest quality criteria have been included.

Our warehouse is one of the largest Fire & Security product distribution centres in
Europe. Our goal is to despatch product on the same day as we receive your
order. Our warranty and service returns policy is second to none. We recognise
that your business is highly dependant on excellence in customer service and to
help achieve this we offer extended warranty from many of our suppliers. Full credit
is also available on a No Question No Fuss basis for any new in-warranty
product returned to the distribution centre.

Our training department offers comprehensive sales, design and engineering training on
our complete range of products. We recommend you take advantage of this free of
charge service. As always, training can be undertaken any time, anywhere to suit your
business needs. Contact our telephone Help Line for further information.

Tyco Safety Products Web site contains an endless supply of product related
information. It is regularly updated and features many aids to the selling process
including presentation material, independent product test results and detailed
technical information.
Our web site can be found at www.tycosafetyproducts-europe.com

To enhance customer specifications and quotations we also provide a series of product


datasheets which can give our clients an opportunity to read more about the product.
We are positive that together we can help grow your business and we look forward to
working with you in the future.
For further details on this catalogue, contact our customer telephone Help Line on
+44 1932 74 3327.

Content Page

CONTENTS
Content Page

3
4

Tyco MX Technology
MX Detection Panels
16 MX Panel Components
23 MX Panel User Interface Modules
29 MX Addressable Input/Output Modules
33 MX Ancillary Housings & Labels
36 MX Programming and Service Tools
37 MX Technology Software Applications
40 MX Graph and MX Net
46 MX Solo Detection Panels
48 Conventional Detection Panels
59 Conventional Marine Panels
62 Batteries, PSUs and Door Release Units
65 MX Virtual Multi Sensor Detectors
71 Series 600 Conventional Detectors
76 Detector Bases and Accessories
78 Functional Detector Bases
80 Detector Ancillaries
84 Duct Probe Air Sampling
85 Vesda Aspirating Smoke Detection
92 Vesda Pipe and Fittings
95 Special Hazards
96 Flame Detectors For Hazardous Areas
101 System 800 Intrinsically
Safe Addressable Point Detection
104 System 620 Intrinsically Safe Conventional
Point Detection
110 I.S. Barriers & Housings
112 Beam and Linear Heat Detection
116 Detector Test Equipment
118 Callpoints
126 Minerva Range of Sounders
134 Minerva Firecryer Voice Sounder
136 Fulleon Range of Sounders
141 Visual Indicators
145 Auxiliary Interface Relays and
Housings
146 Miscellaneous FIre Products
147 Datwyler Fire Resistant Cable
148 Water Leak Detection Systems

Page 2

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 1- Tyco MX Technology


Tyco MX Technology
Tyco MX Technology brings together the latest fire detection technology from around the world into a comprehensive
international range of fire detection systems. Tyco MX Technology can be used to provide cost effective solutions on
small fire detection systems whilst also providing the features and functions required on very large commercial and
industrial sites.

MX VIRTUAL multi-sensor detectors


MX DIGITAL robust & reliable high speed loop protocol
Rapid response to fire conditions and very low false
alarms through:
MX FASTLOGIC detection algorithms
MX HPO detection algorithms
MX CCO fire detection

MX Technology
Tyco MX Technology is being made available on a wide
range of internationally approved panels and systems
available from Tyco companies world-wide including:

MINERVA MX PANELS
MINERVA MARINE T2000 PANELS
ZETTLER EXPERT PANELS
MINERVA SOLO PANELS

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 3

MX Technology

Features

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


MX Detection Panels

MX Fire Detection

Tyco MX detection panels use all the features of Tyco MX Technology to provide the latest fire detection technology
meeting the latest worldwide standards in cost-effective, expandable packages.

Tyco MX detection panels support Tyco MX Technology:

MX VIRTUAL Multi-sensor detectors


MX DIGITAL high speed reliable digital protocol
MX FASTLOGIC fuzzy logic smoke detection algorithms
MX CCO universal carbon monoxide fire detection
algorithms

Tyco MX detection panels provide modular cost


effective solutions:

Networked panels from 1 to 792 detection loops


Powerful central loop processing functions
Powerful and modular user interface
MX REMOTE diagnostics and service functions
MX GRAPH graphical user interfaces
Designer and modular housing options

Tyco MX detection panels provide long term fire detection


solutions including upgrade paths from earlier panel
models and a long term develop-ment strategy providing
future upgrade paths.
Tyco MX detection panels include:
MINERVA MX for EN54 LPCB approved systems
ZETTLER EXPERT for EN54 LPCB & VdS approved
systems
MINERVA EXPERT T2000 for Marine approved systems
Tyco MX detection panels include a powerful user
interface:
640 Character display
Displays first alarm and most recent alarm
Permanently displays systems status including number
of alarms, number of faults, number of isolated points
Scroll function allows details of all events and status to
be easily viewed
Displays temperature, CO level and smoke level at point
in alarm
Page 4

Displays 95 character custom messages for emergency


procedures
Tyco MX panels include advanced manager and
engineer functions including:

Menu driven
Multi-level password protected
Viewing 3000 event log
Detailed fault reporting
Isolate by point, zone or sector
Viewing and printing status
Viewing and printing isolated points
Manual and automatic walk test and reporting functions
Viewing and printing maintenance reports
Extensive diagnostic functions including simulation and
force outputs
Text and configuration changes/Automatic battery test
Detector service functions
Tyco MX detection panels include very powerful
event/action programming including:
Seamless network wide event/action
240 x 240 Output map and output sequencing
algorithms
Over 1500 event/action groups for the most complex
applications
Templates for fast programming of standard applications
including:
- EN54/BS5839
- EN54/VdS
- EN54 Marine
User defined templates
Time, date and special day programming
Wide range of co-incidence, double knock and delay
functions

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

MX2 Panels

Minerva MX2 Range


The Minerva MX2 range of panels are intelligent LPCB
EN54 compliant panels, which can be networked to
provide up to 396 detection loops and installed to
BS5839:Pt1 2002
The MX2 design philosophy is to have a single panel
housing that incorporates all the necessary components
required to satisfy the most comprehensive of
specifications. Additional matching ancillary housings can
accommodate a range of standard modules, adjacent to
or remote from the main controller.
There are six control panels in the range with an MX2
number that designates the number of loops, zonal LED
fitted and housing type.
MX2 supports one or two MX DIGITAL detection loop
with up to 250 addressable devices per loop.
MX2 loop panels can be expanded to four loops
supporting up to 1000 addressable devices.

MX2 consists of a strong steel enclosure incorporating


a removable chassis plate. The chassis plate holds:
PSB820 5A 24Vdc battery back power supply and loop
booster to EN54:pt.4.
FIM800 field interface PCB incorporating one or two MX
DIGITAL loops.
CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card
Optional network card, additional loop card(s) and
remote diagnostic modem
Optional IOB800 input/output expansion card mounted
on the PSB800
The panel has a removable steel front door, which
incorporates the MX user interface and optional zonal
LEDs. The user interface has a 16 x 40-character backlit
LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5 softkeys.
All mandatory operator controls are provided with LED
functions including Day/Night switching. One control key
and 2 status indication LEDs are provided for site-specific
functions.

Product Codes
557.200.200
557.200.201
557.200.202
557.200.203
557.200.204
557.200.205
557.200.206
557.200.207
557.200.208
557.200.209
557.200.210
557.202.007
557.202.026

MX2-100 One loop shallow housing


MX2-200 Two loop shallow housing
MX2-110 One loop c/w LEDs shallow
housing
MX2-210 Two loop c/w LEDs shallow
housing
MX2-201 Two loop deep housing
MX2-211 two loop c/w LEDs deep
housing
MX2-R Repeater c/w LEDs and
addressable PSU shallow housing
MX2-XB0 Expansion Box Shallow
MX2-XB1 Expansion Box Deep
MX2-FB Panel/repeater flush mounting
bezel
MX2-FBX Expansion box flush mounting
bezel
XLM800 Loop expansion module
TLI800 MXNet network node
interface module

557.202.021
557.202.022
557.202.020
557.202.024
557.201.209
557.201.211
557.201.210
557.202.206
557.202.204
557.202.205
557.202.209

ANN840 LED Annunciator 40 way bicolour


ANN880 LED Annunciator 80 way
COM820 Status command module 20
way
PRN800 In-built thermal printer
(expansion box)
MX2 Dual power supply kit
Ancillary/expansion board mounting kit
Dual Power Supply mounting kit
MX battery expansion aperture
installation kit.
MX2 Battery housing
MX2 Battery and Expansion Housing
(65AH)
MX2 LCD Assembly (Spare)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 5

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

MX Panels

Compact
MX Technology Digital Loop
LPCB Approved

MINERVA MX1000 & MX4000


The MINERVA MX panels are intelligent LPCB EN54
approved panels, which can be networked to provide up to
792 detection loops and installed to BS5839:Pt.1.
The MX1000 supports one MX DIGITAL detection loop
with up to 250 addressable devices.
The MX4000 supports two MX DIGITAL detection loops
and can be expanded to eight loops supporting up to
1000 addressable devices.
The MX1000 and MX4000 each provide up to 240 zones
of detection

The panel has a strong cast aluminium front door, which


incorporates a modular user interface that fully complies
with EN54:pt.2. The user interface incorporates the
ODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40-character
backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad, 5
softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module provides
all mandatory operator control keys and LED functions
including Day/Night switching. Two control keys and 2
indication LEDs are provided for site-specific functions.
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according to
the default LPCB functionality. The slide in decals can be
reversed and alternative text added.

Both panels consist of a strong steel enclosure


incorporating a removable chassis plate. The chassis plate
holds:

A maximum of 1200 digital INPUT/OUTPUT points can be


provided via expansion boards connected to the remote
bus.

PSB800 5A 24Vdc battery backed power supply and


loop booster to EN54:pt.4
FIM800 field interface PCB incorporating one or two MX
DIGITAL loops
CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card
Optional network card, additional loop card (s) and
remote diagnostic modem
Optional IOB800 input/output expansion card mounted
on the PSB800

Product Codes
Standard Panels
557.200.001
MX1000 Single Loop Panel Shallow
Back Box
557.200.020
MX1000 Single Loop Panel- Shallow
Back Box - DANISH
557.200.021
MX1000 Single Loop Panel- Shallow
Back Box - DANISH/ENGLISH
557.200.002
MX1000 Single loop panel - Flush Back
Box
557.200.003
MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel
Shallow Back Box
557.200.022
MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel Shallow Back Box - DANISH
557.200.023
MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel Shallow Back Box - DANISH/ENGLISH
557.200.004
MX4000 Two to Eight Loop Panel Deep
Back Box
557.200.009
MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel - Flush
Back Box

Page 6

Options
557.202.006
557.202.007
557.202.026
557.202.036
557.202.116
557.202.118

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board


(Max. 24 I/O on main panel 8in/16out)
XLM-MX two loop MX DIGITAL
expansion card
TLI-800 ThornNet & MX-NET network
card
Remote Diagnostic Modem
Modem Lead
MX CONSYS download lead

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features
Compact
Low Cost Option
Rack Mounting Kit

The batteries and any additional zone LEDs or operator


controls and firemans interface are mounted in a separate
housing which can be mounted below the main panel or
behind the panel. The matching battery and expansion box
is available with shallow (17Ah) or deep backbox (38Ah)
according to the batteries used.

The chassis plate in the battery box also has space for up
to 2 x IOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum
24 I/O) or 1 x MX FILNET or 1 x PSM/PSB800.

Product Codes
557.200.005
557.200.019
557.200.006

557.200.007
557.200.008

557.200.016
572.065

MX-BBX 17Ah shallow expansion and


battery box
MX-BBX-F 17Ah shallow flush expansion
and battery box
MX-DPBX 38Ah deep expansion and
battery box.
Certain popular configurations are
available with the zone LED modules prefitted.
MX-BBX-40LED 17Ah battery box with 40
zone LEDs
MX-DPBBX-40LED 38Ah battery box with
40 Zone LEDS.
Where no additional controls are required
the low cost MX-BATT battery box can be
used for housing up to 38Ah batteries
and IOB800 boards.
Dimension (mm) 322H x 442W x 217D.
MX-BATT Deep battery box
MX/ZX Rack Mounting Kit for standard
19 racks

For Marine Applications - the following optional housing


and accessories are available.:MARINE HOUSING OPTIONS
557.180.406
557.180.454

MINERVA Marine Terminal Chamber


MINERVA Marine Bulkhead Mount

MARINE ACCESSORIES
557.180.452
557.180.022

MINERVA Marine 19 rack mounting kit


for use with surface mounting housings
MINERVA terminal chamber PCB
assembly

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 7

MX Battery & Expansion/Housings

Battery & Expansion Boxes

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

MX Repeaters

Fully Functional
Flush or Surface Mounting
Fully Monitored

Minerva MX Repeaters
The MINERVA MX full function repeater is an EN54 LPCB
approved repeater with optional addressable EN54:Pt.4
power supply. The repeater consists of a steel backbox
and cast aluminium front door which incorporates the
ODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40-character
backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5
softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module provides
all mandatory operator control keys and LED functions
including Day/Night switching. One control key and 2
indication LEDs are provided for site-specific functions.

The back box has a removable chassis plate with either


the RSM800 or the PSM800 power supply. APM800
addressable PSU monitor and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries
to provide 72 h backup.

Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according to


the default LPCB functionality. The slide in decals can be
reversed and alternative text added.

The operator control module (OCM800) can support up to


80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciators,
IOB800 input/output modules,
or com 820 command modules.

The MINERVA MX repeater is connected to the Panel via


the remote bus (RS485, 1200 m distance). A maximum of
7 repeaters (including one MX REMOTE repeater) can be
linked to each MINERVA MX panel and can provide full
repeater functions for all panels on the system.

Two power supply options are available for repeaters. The


MXR incorporates an RSM800 repeater supply module for
connection to a 24 Vdc supply. Or the MXR-PSU which
incorporates a PSM800 power supply module for
connection to a 120-240Vac mains supply and an APM800
addressable power monitor for connection to an MX
addressable loop, providing power supply monitoring in
accordance with EN54-pt.4.

Product Codes
Standard Repeaters
557.200.012
MXR Repeater with shallow backbox
(24Vdc)
557.200.017
MXR-F Repeater with flush backbox
(24Vdc)
557.200.013
MXR-PSU Repeater and addressable
PSU (120-240 Vac)
557.200.018
MXR-PSU-F Repeater and addressable
PSU with flush backbox (120-240Vac)

Page 8

Options
557.202.006
557.180.005
557.180.016
557.202.028

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board


Mimic driver module
XIOM universal I/O module
RSM800 PSU Module (24Vdc)

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

MX4000 and ZX4 Black Box Panels


For situations where a networked MX TechnologyTM panel is
not required to have a user interface an MX4000 or ZX4
black box panel can be used. Black box panels consist of
steel back boxes which house the FIM, processor board,
power supply and optional network card and expansion
loop card. The front cover is of steel construction and has
a simple status display panel giving LED indication of
alarm, fault, power and system fault.

MX4000 or ZX4 black box panels are full featured MX


TechnologyTM panels designed to be used on networked
systems in situations where a local user interface is not
required.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

DIMENSIONS (mm)
Aprox weight:
Colour, housing &
front cover:
Operating Temp:
Storage Temp:
Relative Humidity:
Supply voltage:
Input current:
Max. charged
current:

557.200.027
542.098

640H X 440W X 230D


16Kg

MX4000 Black Box Panel 2 loop


ZX4 Black Box Panel 2 loop

Dawn Grey (BS 4800 10A)


Range -8C to +55C
-20C to +70C
95% non condensing
120 to 240 Vac
0.8 to 1.6A
3,8A (dependant on
standby current)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 9

MX Black Box Panels

2 MX/ZX detection loops as standard


Expandable to 8 loops using XLM800
Same loop power capability of standard MX4000 and ZX4
panel/Reduces the cost of network systems
Uses either Filnet or MXNet networks (network card
supplied separately)
Create a system of distributed loops to reduce installation
costs
Alarm, fault, power and system fault status display
Single deep surface mount enclosure
Integral power supply and space for 38AH batteries
Distributed power supplies reduce cabling costs
On board dual sounder circuits/Printer support at each
black box
Fully featured and supported remote bus at each black
box-drive repeaters and mimic displays
Download MX-/ZXConsys configurations from any panel or
black box on the network

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

T2000 Marine Panel

PSB800M 5A 24V DC battery backed power supply and


loop booster to EN54pt4
FIM800 field interface PCB incorporating one or two MX
DIGITAL loops
CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card
Optional network card and additional loop card(s)
Optional approved Mild-Steel Enclosure

MINERVA Expert T2000 Marine Detection Panel


The T2000 is a fully Marine approved EN54 compliant 1 to
8 loop networkable detection panel. The T2000 supports
two Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loops and can be
expanded to eight loops supporting up to 1000
addressable devices. The T2000 consists of a strong
stainless steel or mild steel Marine approved enclosure
incorporating the above stated features.

The OCM800 operator control module provides all


mandatory operator control keys and LED functions
including Day/Night switching. One control key and 2
indication LEDs are provided for vessel specific functions.
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according to
the default Marine functionality. The slide in decals can be
reversed and alternative text added.

The panel has a strong cast aluminium front door, which


incorporates a modular user interface that fully complies
with EN54 pt2. The user interface incorporates the ODM800
operator display module with a 16 x 40-character backlit
LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5 softkeys.

The batteries and any additional zone LEDs or operator


controls are mounted in a separate housing which can be
mounted below the main panel or behind the panel. The
battery box has a heavy duty backbox and battery clamp.
The chassis plate in the battery box also has space for up
to 2 x IOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum
24 I/O) or 1 x PSM/PSB800.

Product Codes
557.200.600
557.200.602
557.200.603

557.200.610
557.200.605
557.201.216

Page 10

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

T2000 Two To Eight Loop Marine Panel


(Stainless steel enclosure)
T2000B Battery Box
(Stainless steel enclosure)
T2000 B80 Battery Box c/w 80 way LED
ANN880
(Stainless steel enclosure)
T2000 Standard Two to Eight Loop
Marine Panel (Mild steel enclosure)
T2000 BM Battery Box
(Mild steel enclosure)
T2000 XLM 8-Loop Mounting Kit

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features
Fully Functional
Optional Approved Mild Steel Enclosure
Fully Monitored R-Bus

The T2000 full function repeater is an EN54 Marine


approved repeater with optional addressable EN54:Pt.4
power supply. The repeater consists of a steel backbox
and cast aluminium front door which incorporates the
ODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40-character
backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5
softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module provides
all mandatory operator control keys and LED functions
including Day/Night switching. One control key and 2
indication LEDs are provided for vessel-specific functions.

The back box has a removable chassis plate with the


PSM800M power supply, APM800 addressable PSU
monitor and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries to provide 72h
backup.

Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according to


the default Marine functionality. The slide in decals can be
reversed and alternative text added.

The operator control module (OCM800) can support up to


80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciators,
IOB800 input/output modules or COM800 command
modules.

The T2000 repeater with Power Supply is connected to the


Panel via the remote bus (RS485, 1200 m distance). A
maximum of x 7 repeaters (including one MX REMOTE
repeater) can be linked to each T2000 panel and can
provide full repeater functions for all panels on the system.

Product Codes
557.200.601
557.200.604
557.200.611
557.200.612

T2000R Marine Repeater with Power


Supply Unit 240Vac
(Stainless steel enclosure)
T2000R Marine Repeater without Power
Supply Unit 24Vdc
(Stainless steel enclosure)
T2000R Standard Marine Repeater with
Power Supply Unit 240Vac
(Mild steel enclosure)
T2000R Standard Marine Repeater
without Power Supply Unit 24Vdc
(Mild steel enclosure)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 11

T2000 Marine Repeater

MINERVA EXPERT T2000 Marine Repeater

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

Zettler Expert Panels

Features

ZETTLER Expert 1000 & 4000


The ZETTLER EXPERT panels are intelligent LPCB & VdS
certified EN54 panels, which can be networked to provide
up to 512 detection loops. The panel has twin strong cast
aluminium front doors, which incorporates a modular user
interface that fully complies with EN54:pt.2. The user
interface incorporates the ODM800 operator display
module with a 16 x 40-character backlit LCD display, simple
alphanumeric keypad, 5 softkeys. The OCM800 operator
control module provides all mandatory operator control
keys and LED functions including Day/Night switching.
Four control keys and 4 indication LEDs are provided for
site-specific functions.

The ZX1 supports one Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loop


with up to 250 addressable devices or 128 for VdS
certified installations.
The ZX4 supports two Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loops
and can be expanded to eight loops supporting up to
1000 addressable devices or 512 devices for VdS
certified installations.
Both panels consist of a strong deep steel enclosure
incorporating two removable chassis plates. The upper
chassis plate holds:
PSB800 5A 24V DC battery backed power supply and
loop booster to EN54:pt.4
FIM800 field interface PCB incorporating one or two MX
DIGITAL loops
CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card
Optional network card, additional loop card (s) and
remote diagnostic modem
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in German according to
the default VdS functionality. The slide in decals can be
reversed and alternative text added.
The batteries and any additional zone LEDs or operator
controls are mounted in the lower section of the double
housing which can take 38Ah batteries. The chassis plate
in the battery lower section also has space for up to 2 x
IOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum 24 I/O)
or a TUD800 German Fire Brigade transmission unit.
The battery section can have one or two 40 way zone
indicators (ANN840) mounted in the front door.

Product Codes
Standard Panels
542.080
ZX1 1 Loop Panel Deep
542.081
ZX4 2 - 8 Loop Panel Deep
Options
542.006
IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board
(Max. 24 I/O on main panel 8 in/16 out)
542.007
XLM-MX two loop MX DIGITAL
expansion card
542.010
TUD-800 German Transmission Unit
542.025
MX-FIL FILNET network card
542.026
TLI800 MX-NET Network card
542.036
Remote Diagnostic Modem
542.008
Modem lead
542.011
MX CONSYS Download lead

Page 12

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features
Fully Functional
Monitored Data Bus
Matches Panel Operater Interface

The ZETTLER EXPERT full function repeater is an EN54


LPCB & VdS certified repeater with optional addressable
EN54:Pt.4 power supply. The repeater consists of a steel
backbox and cast aluminium front door which incorporates
the ODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40character backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric
keypad, 5 softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module
provides all mandatory operator control keys and LED
functions including Day/Night switching.Control keys and
LEDs are labelled in German according to the default VdS
functionality. The slide in decals can be reversed and
alternative text added.

The back box has a removable chassis plate with the


PSM800 power supply, APM800 addressable PSU monitor
and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries to provide 72 h backup.
The ZETTLER EXPERT Repeater with Power Supply is
connected to the Panel via the remote bus (RS485, 1200 m
distance). A maximum of 7 repeaters (including one MX
REMOTE repeater) can be linked to each ZETTLER
EXPERT panel and can provide full repeater functions for
all panels on the system.
The operator control module (OCM800) can support up to
80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciators
and IOB800 in/output modules.

Product Codes
Standard Repeaters
542.084
ZXF Repeater with shallow backbox
(24Vdc)
542.085
ZXFEV Repeater and addressable PSU
(120-220 Vac)
542.087
ZXFEV - UP repeater complete with
PSU-FLS (120-220Vac)
Options
542.006
542.044

IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board


RSM 800 PSU Module (24Vdc)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 13

Zettler Expert Repeaters

ZETTLER Expert Repeaters

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


MX Detection Panels - Technical Specifications & System Schematics

MX Panel Specifications

MX Detection Panels - Designer Housing Technical Specification

Dimensions (mm)
Approx Weight
Temperature (Storage)
Temperature (Operating)
Humidity
Colour (Housing)
Colour (Modules)
EMC/RFI
Shock
Vibration

Shallow Housing
320Hx440Wx120D
7Kg
-20oC to +70oC
-8oC to +55oC

Flush Shallow Housing


Deep Housing
380Hx500Wx120D
320Hx440Wx215D
7.2Kg
8Kg
-20oC to +70oC
-20oC to +70oC
o
o
-8 C to +55 C
-8oC to +55oC
up to 95% RH, Non-Condensing
Dawn Grey (BS 4800 10A - 03)
Pantone 431C
EN 50130-4
EN 54-2
EN 54-2

Marine
320Hx440Wx135D
14Kg
-20oC to +70oC
-8oC to +55oC

MX2 Detection Panels Technical Specification


Panel Shallow Housing
Dimensions (MM)
Approx Weight
Temperate (storage)
Temperate (operating)
Humidity
Colour (Housing)
Colour (Modules)
EMC/RFI
IP Rating

Page 14

580H x 458W x 129D


12.7kg

Panel Deep Housing

Expansion Housing
Shallow
580H x 458W x 209D
357Hx 458W x 129D
15.2kg
6.2kg
-20 C to + 70C
-5C to +55 C
Up to 90 % RH Non Condensing
Dawn Grey (BS4800 10A-03)
Pantone 431C
EN50130-4 EN61000-6-3
IP30

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Expansion Housing
Deep
357H x 458W x 209D
7.5kg

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


DESIGNER HOUSING SCHEMATIC
24Vdc
Non-Resettable

24Vdc
Resettable

Field I/O

Network

PC/Modem
Printer

CPU

ODM

TLI

PSB

RBus

FIM

FRONT
DOOR

Loop A
Loop D

110-240Va.c.

OCM

Loop B

XBus

MAIN PANEL HOUSING

TUD/
IOB

ANN880
ANN840
or COM820

PSB/PSM

IOB

MX
FILNET

FRONT
DOOR

17 or 38Ah

17 or 38Ah

MPM

BATTERY & EXPANSION HOUSING

ANN880
ANN840
or COM820

Remote bus up to 15 addresses a combination of


up to 7 x OCM and 15 x MPM Maximum

MX2 Schematic
NETWORK
FIELD
I/O

110-240 Vac

LOOP A

XLM

TLO

RBUS
DCM

CPU

PSB

LOOP B
LOOP C

FIM

LOOP D

PRINTER

NETWORK

PC MODEM

17AH OR 38AH

24Vdc

ANN881

17AH OR 38AH

FRONT DOOR

MAIN PANEL HOUSING


Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 15

MX Schematics

Loop C
XLM

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


MX Panel Components
These modules provide the core components of the MX/ZX range of fire controllers, the modules include CPU, field
interface, loop expanison PSUs and I/O boards.

MX CPU800

Features
Full alarm and fault monitoring for up to 1000
addressable points including central loop processing of
MX Fastlogic expert algorithms
Concurrent operation of the main user interface and 2
remote user interfaces including one remote dial up or
networked user interface
Cause and core effect using up to 1000 input, output
groups, delay timers and logic functions

CPU Expert Central Processor


The CPU-800 provides the main processing power behind
the MX detection panels. It is a multi-layer PCB and
contains the CPU, the memory and interface electronics.
The CPU-800 plugs into the Field Interface Module
(FIM800).

The CPU-800 contains a Data Memory (SRAM), a Program


Memory (Flash EPROM), a Configuration Memory (Flash
EPROM) and a Boot ROM (EPROM). The use of flash
EPROM allows program upgrades without the need for
changing chips.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

32 bit Processor:
Data Memory SRAM:
Prog. Memory Flash
EPROM:
Config. Memory Flash
EPROM:
Boot EPROM:
Number of serial
Interfaces:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:

557.202.002 (Spare only) CPU800 standard MX central


processor UK
542.002 (Spare only)
CPU800 standard MX central
processor EUROPE

Page 16

Motorola 68331
1 MByte
2 MByte
1 Mbyte
64 kByte
4
67mA
67mA

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features
Interfaces to CPU & XLM modules
3 Download/Network & Printer ports
Up to 2 MX Loops

The Field Interface Module FIM is the main interface for


field wiring on MX detection panels and contains plug-in
field wiring terminals, inter board connectors, EMC
protectors and filters and general I/O electronics.
The FIM801 provides 1 x MX DIGITAL loop and the FIM802
provides 2 x MX DIGITAL loops. Each MX DIGITAL loop
can support several kilometres of loop wiring using a
mixed topology using multiple loops and spurs.
The FIM provides up to 495mA of loop power to each loop
to drive loop powered sounders and other loop power
devices. An optional plug-in additional loop cards(XLM800MX) provide up to 8 x MX Digital loops.
The FIM incorporates the following local I/O connections:
2 x reverse polarity monitored sounder outputs
2 x volt free outputs (Default alarm and fault)
1 monitored input (eg. Day/Night changeover)
1 emergency alarm input
1 unmonitored input (eg. Class Change or Tamper)
Full monitoring of PSB800 power supply
Ground fault monitoring

The FIM incorporates a local I/O bus which allows the local
I/O connections to be increased by 24. A variety of I/O
expansion boards are available including:
IOB800 (8 in/8 out) expansion board
TUD800 German Transmission Unit
The FIM includes two connections to the RBUS one for the
local user interface and one for connecting up to 15
remote addresses in the form of up to 2 x operator control
modules (OCM800) or up to 15 multi-purpose modules
(MPM800).
The FIM provides 3 configurable external serial ports :
Port 1 Local printer
Port 2 Configuration PC or remote
diagnostics and upload/download
modem
Port 3 FSI open protocol or Network
card/gateway (TLI-800 or MX-FIL)

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Consumption:

557.202.000

Relay Outputs:
Monitored inputs:
RBUS:
Serial Ports:
Local I/O Expansion:

25H x 105W x 196D mm


156g
119mA (Quiescent excluding loops and
operator interface)
169mA (Alarm)
30Vdc @ 2A
10k Ohm EOL, 3KHz in parallel
RS-485 , default 19.6kB, up
to 1200m
RS232C, 19.6kB, up to 10m
Up to 2 modules, up to 24
`I/O, max. 300mm

557.202.001
542.000
542.001
557.180.053

FIM801 field interface module


MX loop driver UK
FIM802 field interface module
MX loop drivers UK
FIM801 field interface module
MX loop driver EUROPE
FIM802 field interface module
MX loop drivers EUROPE
MX RBUS Driver chip (spare)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

with one
with two
with one
with two

Page 17

MX FIM800

FIM800 Field Interface Module

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

MX XLM800

MX Digital Loop Protocol


Extensive Loop Protection
Interfaced to FIM 800 module

MX Loop Expansion Module


The XLM800 Loop Expansion Module fits piggyback style
onto the FIM or an existing XLM 800 and is used to:
Expand the capability of the MX4000 C.I.E. two loop
system to eight loops
Replace the FIM loops in case of a failure on either a two
or four loop system.

The XLM800 Loop Expansion Module controls the


communications between the detectors (and other
ancillaries) connected on the 2-wire loop circuits and the
controller. In addition, the addressable interface contains
line isolation circuits which protect the loop driver circuit
from short-circuit conditions.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Battery Requirements:

UK
EUROPE
557.202.007
542.007
XLM-MX Two Loop MX Digital Expansion Card

Page 18

17.5H x 104W x 196Dmm


Standby 104.3mA+loop current
Alarm105.3mA + loop current
Loop Current 495mA maximum

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features
Drives up to 80 I/O points
Direct Interface to Zonal Displays and other
Modules
Interfaces to FIM Board

The MPM800 is used to provide various expansion


capabilities via the remote bus (RBUS). The MPM800 is
provided as a standalone module but is also incorporated
into the circuitry of the OCM800 operator control module to
drive the LCD display, LEDs, keyswitch and keys on the
OCM800 and the operator display module. The OCM800
and MPM800 have an XBUS which can be used to drive
up to 80 I/O. The MPM800 also has a printer interface for
connecting to a serial or parallel printer.
An additional printer driver kit is required to allow the
MPM800 to drive a printer - a serial isolation module
should be used to eliminate earth fault indications caused
by some mains connected printers.

Up to 15 x MPM modules can be connected to each panel


of which 8 can be in the form of OCM800 (including the
main OCM800 user interface). One OCM800 can also be in
the form of an emulated user interface on a remote PC
connected via the network or dial up modem.
The following I/O and LED annunciator modules can be
slaved from an MPM800:

Up to 5 x IOB800 (8 in/8 out expansion board)


Up to 5 x XIOM800 (16 way universal I/O board)
One Mimic Panel (80 way LED mimic driver PCB)
One 80 way ANN880 LED mimic**
One 40 way ANN840 LED mimic using red
& yellow LEDs**
Two 20 way COM820 LED status/command modules**
The MPM800 is mounted by plugging directly onto the
back of those items marked **

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Supply:
Power Consumption:

UK
EUROPE
557.202.012
542.012
MPM800 multi-purpose interface module
557.202.117
542.009
Serial printer cable for MPM800 or FIM800
557.180.052
572.039
Serial Printer Driver Kit

Communications:
Printer Connection:

25.4H x 92W x 167.64D mm


98g
24Vdc (from PSB or PSM800)
35mA (Quiescent)
68mA Alarm subject to I/O
modules fitted
RS-485, up to 19.6kB
Serial or Parallel

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 19

MX MPM800

MPM800 Multi Purpose Interface Module

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

MX Power Supply Units

Universal Input Voltage


Temperature Compensated
Full Fault Monitoring

PSM800 and PSB800 Power Supplies


The MX power PSU800 and PBS800 supply module used
for the MX/ZX Range of fire controllers based on the
designer housing (not MX2) is a state-of-the-art integrated
switch mode system power supply and battery charger,
which can provide up to 5A external and auxiliary loop
power during alarm conditions. It has a universal input
allowing operation from 100 to 255 Va.c., 50 or 60 Hz. The
power supply is approved worldwide to EN54, UL864 and
Marine standards.
The charging voltage is temperature compensated. The
PSM recharges the batteries within 24 h for the following
timings:
90h stand by time and 15 min. alarm condition
72h stand by time and 30min. alarm condition
The power supply provides full condition and fault
monitoring to the system via the FIM (used by the PSB800)
or addressable power supply monitor APM800 (used by the
PSM800). The PSB800 incorporates the LBM800 booster
module to provide the correct voltage levels to maximise
the performance of the MX DIGITAL protocol.

Faults signals (Loss of AC, Battery charger fault, Battery


fault) and control inputs (Battery test, Output reset) are
provided. Battery voltage and charger current readings are
also provided to the FIM or APM for automatic battery
testing.
Screw terminals provide 2 x 24V outputs (24 V stabilised,
24V stabilised with reset control) and one 5V output.
The power supply is fitted in a steel cage with mounting
points to allow any of the following boards to be mounted:
APM800 addressable power supply monitor
FB800 fuse board with 15 x 24Vdc fused spurs
IOB800 input/output expansion board
A PSB 800K Power Expansion Kit is required to power the
XLM 800 pcb on 4 loop systems which require the
extended loop power capability. It consists of a PSM800
power supply module, an APM 800 addressable monitor
module, a battery connecting cable and an XLM800 to
APM800 connecting cable and may be fitted onto the
chassis plate in the battery housing.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Input Voltage:

UK
EUROPE
557.200.014
542.088
MXAPSU17 Boxed Addressable PSU (17Ah)
557.200.015
542.089
MXAPSU38 Boxed Addressable PSU (38Ah)

Input Current:
Max. charge current :

50H x 114W x 190D mm


0.9Kg
120-240 Vrms, 50/60Hz
(Auto ranging)
0.8-1.6ARMS Rated Load
Up to 3.8A (dependant on
standby current)

Max. battery size


(24hr charge):
38Ah
Max. total supply current: 5A@24Vdc
Maximum external current:4A@24Vdc
Output Voltages:
24Vdc
(22.8 -26.4V)
Non-resettable:
24Vdc @ 4A
Resettable:
24Vdc @ 4A
5Vdc @ 3A
Power Consumption:
PSB - 90mA
(quiescent & alarm)
PSM - 65mA
(quiescent & alarm)

Page 20

Options
557.202.003
542.003
PSM800 Power Supply Only
557.202.403
NA
PSM800M Marine approved power supply
557.202.005
542.005
PSB800 Panel Power Supply c/w Loop Booster
557.202.405
NA
PSB800M Marine Panel Power Supply (spare)
557.202.027
572.018
APM800 Addressable Power Supply Monitor
557.202.050
NA
PSM800 Temp. Sensor Accessory kit
557.202.040
542.045
PSB800K Power Expansion kit
557.202.043
PSB800MK Marine Power Expansion kit.
557.202.004
LBM800 Spare Loop Voltage Booster PCB

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features
Universal Input Voltage
Temperature Compensated
Full Fault Monitoring

The MX PSM820 and PSB820 power supply modules for


MX2 Panels is a state-of-the-art integrated switch mode
system power supply and battery charger, which can
provide up to 5A external and auxiliary loop power during
alarm conditions. It has a universal input allowing
operation from 100 to 255 Va.c., 50 or 60 Hz.
The charging voltage is temperature compensated. The
PSM recharges the batteries within 24 h for the following
timings:
90h stand by time and 15 min. alarm condition
72h stand by time and 30min. alarm condition

Faults signals (Loss of AC, Battery charger fault, Battery


fault) and control inputs (Battery test, Output reset) are
provided. Battery voltage and charger current readings are
also provided to the FIM or APM for automatic battery
testing.
Screw terminals provide 2 x 24V outputs (24 V stabilised,
24V stabilised with reset control) and one 5V output.
The power supply is fitted in a steel cage with mounting
points to allow any of the following boards to be mounted:
APM800 addressable power supply monitor
FB800 fuse board with 15 x 24Vdc fused spurs
IOB800 input/output expansion board

The power supply provides full condition and fault


monitoring to the system via the FIM (used by the PSB820)
or addressable power supply monitor APM800 (used by
the PSM820). The PSB820 incorporates the LBM800
booster module to provide the correct voltage levels to
maximise the performance of the MX DIGITAL protocol.

The MX2 Dual Power Supply Kit is required to power the


XLM 800 pcb on 4 loop systems which require the
extended loop power capability. It consists of a PSM820
power supply module, an APM 800 addressable monitor
module, a battery connecting cable and an XLM800 to
APM800 connecting cable and may be fitted onto the MX2
controller housing.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Input Voltage:

557.202.203
557.202.202
557.202.027

Input Current:
Max. charge current:

63H x 132W x 231D mm


1.5Kg
120-240 Vrms, 50/60Hz
(Auto ranging)
0.8-2RMS Rated Load
Up to 3.8A (dependant on
standby current)

557.202.050
557.201.209
557.201.210

PSM820 Power Supply Only


PSB820 Power Supply c/w Loop Booster
APM800 Addressable Power Supply
Monitor
PSM800 Temp. Sensor Accessory Kit
MX2 Dual Power Supply Kit
Dual Power Supply Mounting KIt

Max. battery size


(24hr charge):
38Ah
Max. total supply current: 5A@24Vdc
Maximum external current:4A@24Vdc
Output Voltages:
24Vdc
(22.8 -27.3V)
Non-resettable:
24Vdc @ 2A
Resettable:
24Vdc @ 2A
5Vdc @ 3A
Power Consumption:
PSB - 90mA
(quiescent & alarm)
PSM - 90mA
(quiescent & alarm)

Page 21
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

MX2 Power Supply Units

MX2 PSM820 and PSB820 Power Supplies

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


FB800 Fuse Board

MX Panel I/O Boards

The FB800 fuse board provides


terminations for 15 fused 24Vdc
output spurs from a single 24V d.c.
input. The FB800 is designed to be
normally mounted on the PSB800 or
PSM800 power supply. The fuses
are rated at 500mA.

Technical Specification

Product Code

Dimensions:
80D mm
Weight:
Input:
5%)
Output:
500mA
Terminations:

UK
EUROPE
557.202.100
542.064
FB800 fuse board (15 way)

93H x165W x
149g
24Vdc (+10%/15 x 24V d.c /
2.5mm

IOB Input/Output Expansion Board


The IOB800 is an LPCB & Vds
approved* board that provides 8
opto-isolated digital inputs and 8 x
24V d.c. relay outputs for providing
I/O expansion capabilities to MX
detection panels for interfacing to
other subsystems and signalling
devices. The IOB800 also
incorporates a connector, which
provides decoded signals for the 8
inputs and 8 outputs for specialist
interfacing.
The IOB800 can be used to provide
expansion I/O to the following MX
panel components:
. FIM801/802 field interface
modules (maximum 24 I/O
8IN/16OUT)
. OCM800 operator control
modules (maximum 80 I/O)
. MPM800 multi-purpose interface
(maximum 80 I/O)

The IOB800 can be mounted in the


top of a battery box or repeater.
The IOB800 has two expansion bus
connectors which allow them to be
daisy chained together.

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.202.006
542.006
IOB800 Expansion Board and cables

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
15H X 164W X
80D mm
Weight:
153g
Power Consumption: 29mA
(Quiescent)
65mA
(Maximum)
Terminations:
1.5mm

TUD800 German Transmission Unit


The TUD800 is a VdS approved*
input/output module specifically
designed for interfacing the
ZETTLER EXPERT panels to the
German Fire Brigade equipment.
The TUD800 takes the place of an
IOB800 when used and is typically
mounted in the deep
battery/expansion box.

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
15H x 164W x
80D mm
Weight:
153g
Power Consumption: 29mA
(Quiescent)
65mA (Alarm)

Product Code
EUROPE
542.010
TUD800 German Transmission Unit

MX-FIL Filnet Gateway


The Filnet Gateway is an EN54 Vds
approved network gateway which
allows up to 64 MX Panels to be
networked onto a secure LON based
FILNET Network.
The MX-FIL Gateway can be
mounted in the designer battery box
on the chassis plate or the inside of
the modular housing.
Technical Specification
Dimensions:
135H x 280W x 35D mm
Weight (Approx):
330g
Serial interfaces (electr. isolated):
No. Interfaces:
1
Parameters (coding plugs):
RS 232 / 422 / 485
Baud Rates:
Programmable
LON-interface (incl. NIF):
No. Interfaces:
2
Parameter FTT
10 transceiver
Baud Rate:
78 kbit/s
Voltage Supply:
From control panel or external PS:
0V / +24Vdc
Monitoring with XPSUMB:
0V / +5V /
+24Vdc

Page 22

Power Consumption:
External interface
gateway type:
80 mA
Digital Outputs
(short circuit proof):
Number of open
collector outputs:
8
Current limitation:
50 mA
Digital Inputs (overvolt. prot):
Number of electr.
isolated inputs:
8
Series resistance to the opto-coupler
LED 4.7 kohm
Input voltage range 5 - 28 V

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.202.025
542.025
MX-FIL Filnet Gateway

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


MX Panel User Interface Modules
Flexible range of operator interfaces, zonal alarm & fault displays, and input/output modules.
Slide in legends available in various languages.

MX OCM800

Features
Changeable Legends
Fully programmable
Optional I/O Via R-Bus

OCM800 Operator Control Module


The OCM800 is utilised by all MX detection panels and full
function repeaters to provide mandatory operator control
and LED indication functions to comply with EN54:pt.2 and
UL864. The OCM800 is fully programmable but operates in
default configurations according to the software template
used.
Most software templates allow several of the LEDs and
control buttons to be programmed for site-specific
functions. The LEDs and control buttons both have slide in
legends to suit the default configurations and language.
Standard panels include the appropriate legends for their
relevant markets.
The OCM800 incorporates the functionality of an MPM800,
which allows it to drive an operator display module to
provide a complete panel user interface.

In addition the OCM800 can drive up to 80 inputs/outputs


using one of the following modules.
The following I/O and LED annunciator modules can be
slaved from an MPM800:
Up to 5 x IOB800 (8 in/8 out LPCB/VdS approved
. expansion board)
Up to 5 x XIOM (16 way universal I/O board)
One Mimic Panel (80 way LED mimic driver PCB)
One 80 way ANN880 LED mimic
One 40 way ANN840 LED mimic using red & yellow
LEDs
Two 20 way COM820 LED status/command modules
Up to 2 x OCM800 units can be connected to an MX panel
via the internal or external RBus communication port.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Consumption:

557.202.013
542.014
557.202.101
557.202.051
557.202.055
557.202.056
557.202.057
557.202.058
557.202.061
557.202.063
557.202.064
557.202.065
557.202.066
557.202.067

Control Buttons:
Indication LEDs:
Communications:
Expansion Bus:
Legends for LPCB
modules:

Legends for VdS


modules:

50H x 232W x 133D mm


0.272Kg
35mA (Quiescent)
36mA (Lamp test)
81mA (Alarm)
7
18
RS-485: RBus Default
9.2Kb
MINERVA/TFX X-Bus and
MX X-Bus
UK/English,
Marine,
Dutch,
Italian

OCM800 with Minerva MX Inserts


OCM800 with Zettler Expert Inserts
Danish OCM Firemans Keyswitch Assembly
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Hungarian(PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/Italian (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/German(PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/French(PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Belgian/French(PK10)
MX-ZX OCM800 Inserts - Polish (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Spanish (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Dutch (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM 800 Inserts - Italian (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Portuguese (PK10)
MX/ZX OCM 800 Inserts - UL (PK10)

German,
Spanish,
Portuguse
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 23

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

MX ODM800

0-9 alpha-numeric phone style keypad


Up and down scroll keys
Five function keys

ODM800 Operator Display Module


The ODM800 operator display module provides a powerful
and flexible 40 x 16 character backlit LCD display used by
all MX detection panels and full function repeaters. The
ODM800 is used with the OCM800 to provide a fully
compliant and approved user interface for UL and EN54
fire detection panels.
The ODM800 is powered and controlled by the OCM800
operator control module and provides various functions
according to the panel software. Standard EN54 panels

use the LCD display as five windows on the system.


Window 1-Details of first detector in alarm
Window 2-Details of the most recent detector in alarm
Window 3-System Status including Alarm/Fault and Isolate
counters
Window 4-Full alarm/event details and lists including 95
character procedure plus full password controlled system
manager, service and engineering menu structure
Window 5-Function key legends (eg. Back, Enter, >>,<<)

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Consumption:

UK
EUROPE
557.202.019
542.019
ODM800 operator display module
557.202.103
Danish ODM 800

25H x 232W x 133D mm


0.361Kg
50mA (Quiescent)
900mA (Alarm Backlit)
50mA (Alarm during mains
failure)

OCM800 to IOB800 Connection Details

OCM800 TO IOB800 CONNECTION DETAILS

Page 24

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


ANN840 LED Annunciator
Technical Specification
Dimensions:
25H x 232W x 133D mm
Weight:
177g
Power
Consumption:
1mA + MPM800
(Quiescent)
85mA + MPM800 (25%
zones in alarm (Alarm))
340mA +MPM800 (Lamp
test)

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.202.021
542.021
ANN840 LED annunciator

ANN880 LED Annunciator


The ANN880 is a standard LED
annunciator user interface module,
which can be driven from an
OCM800 or an MPM800. The
MPM800 can be mounted remotely
or piggy-backed on the ANN880.
The ANN880 has 80 red LEDs
numbered 1 to 80. The functionality
is programmed in the MX detection
panel but is defaulted to zone alarm
LEDs.

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
25H x 232W x 133D mm
Weight:
177g
Power Consumption:
1mA + MPM800
(Quiescent)
85mA +MPM800 (25%
zones in alarm (Alarm))
340mA + MPM800 (Lamp
test)

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.202.022
542.022
ANN880 LED annunciator

The COM820 is a standard user


interface module, which can be
driven from an OCM800 or an
MPM800. The MPM800 can be
mounted remotely or piggybacked on the COM820. The
COM820 has removable legends for
20 status command functions. Each
function includes a command button
and a red status LED. The
functionality is programmed in the
MX detection panel. Typical
applications include:
. Manual/OFF/Auto/Isolate
functions for evacuation or plant
control
. Selective isolate and evacuate
functions for firemans control
. Selective plant shutdown and
override functions
. Selective system delay and timer
functions
2 can be driven from 1 x MPM800.

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
25H x 232W x 133D mm
Weight:
204g
Power Consumption:
0.267mA (Quiescent - No
LEDs)
5mA (Alarm - 25% LEDs)
21mA (Lamp test)

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.202.020
542.020
COM820 Status/Command Module

The 80-Way Mimic allows custommade display and presentation


panels to be incorporated in the
MINERVA MX addressable system.
It is supplied as a single PCB, which
may be mounted in an expansion
box or on the rear of a free-standing
panel, as required. It may be used to
drive up to 80 zonal LED indicators,
arranged in any configuration,
together with two FIRE LEDs, one
FAULT LED and one ISOLATE LED.
These indicators can operate in the
same manner as the corresponding
indicators on the panel.
A remote Mimic can be connected to
the MPM800s configured as remote
Mimic drivers via the remote bus. Up

to 15 MPM800s may be connected


on to the remote bus, each with a
unique address [set on-board]. The
Mimic includes audible and visible
warning facilities.

Product Code
557.180.005
MINERVA 80 way mimic driver
module

COM820 Status Command Module - 20 Way

Remote Mimics

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
235H x
190Wmm
Operating Temp:
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +65C
Relative Humidity:
Up to 95% RH
NonCondensing
Power Consumption: 11mA
(Quiescent) 200mA (25% Alarm)
800mA (Lamp Test)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 25

MX Zonal Displays

The ANN840 is a standard LED


annunciator user interface module
which can be driven from an
OCM800 or an MPM800. The
MPM800 can be mounted remotely
or piggy-backed on the ANN840.
The ANN840 has removable legends
for 40 zone status indicators. Each
zone can indicate RED (eg. Alarm)
and YELLOW (eg. Fault & Isolate).
The functionality is programmed in
the MX detection panel.
The ANN840 operates as 80 outputs
(RED & YELLOW).

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

XIOM I/O Module

16 I/Ps or 16 O/Ps or 8 I/P + 8 O/P


5 per MPM800 (80 I/O points)
Fully configurable in MX consys

Input/Output Expansion Cards (XIOM)


The XIOM is a 16 universal input/output expansion board.
The I/O on the XIOM can be set in banks of 8 to operate
as follows:

LED driver outputs (10mA source)


Relay Driver Outputs (100mA sink)
Voltage Monitor Input (8 - 30Vdc Normal)
Volt Free Contact inputs

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Operating Temp:
Storage Temp:
Relative Humidity:
Power Consumption:

557.180.016

Page 26

144H x 85W x 15D mm


-10 to +65C
-20 to +65C
95% RH (Non-Condensing)
11mA (Quiescent)
16in - 80mA (Max)
16out - 160mA (Max)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

XIOM MINERVA Input/Output Expansion Module


(16 Way)

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Desktop Printer
Cable feed recess
Epson LQ standard terminal
emulation available
Parallel and serial interface

The PRN800 Printer Kit is designed


for use with the designer range of
MX Controllers (MX1000, MX4000
and T2000). It is fitted to the front
cover of the MX battery housing and
is powered from the PSB 800 power
supply via an FB800 fuseboard in
the MX Controller housing.

High quality printing: 384 dots.


32 Columns
Friction paper feed

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
159H x 366W x
275D mm
Weight:
4.4kg
Operating Temp.:
5C to 35C
Storage Temp.:
-15C to 40C
Relative Humidity:
10% to 80%
RH [non-condensing]
Operating Voltage: 180V to
264Va.c.

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
557.180.239
MINERVA printer LQ-300+
557.180.220
LQ 300+ Printer Ribbon (spare)
557.202.117
542.009
MX FIM/MPM to serial printer lead

In-Built Printer

Features
A thermal printer mechanism
which ensures high reliability.
Quiet Operation
Lightweight and Compact Design
High Speed Printing: 40mm per
second.

Technical Specification
Dimensions: 230H x 137W x 85D
mm
Weight: 0.38Kg
Operating Temp:
+5C to +45C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +70C
Relative Humidity: Up to 80% noncondensing
EMC: 61000-6-3 for emissions
BS EN 50082-1 for immunity

Product Code
UK
Europe
557.202.024
542.024
PRN 800 Printer c/w front cover
module
557.301.014
Spare Paper Roll (pk of 5)

Remote LCD Display


The Remote LCD Repeater Module
is designed to provide an
independent scrolling log of system
status at numerous points within a
building or site. The module
interfaces directly to a serial printer
port of the MX addressable fire
panel. If a local printer is already
connected to the Panels MPM800
serial port, a second MPM800 must
be used.
Features
Uses a backlit 4x20 character
alphanumeric display.
Provides an internal log of up to
330 events.
Provides internal audible warning
of an event.
Allows the event log to be
scrolled.
Local internal buzzer silence.
Connects to host panels RS232
port (maximum cable length
between panels and first repeater
of 15m).
Provides an external sounder to
mimic the internal buzzer.
Can be connected to an
unlimited number of other LCD
Repeaters by using the
RS232/RS422 converter (Up to
1200m between repeaters).

The LCD repeater must not be


used in the primary fire path. It
must not be used as the sole
warning that a fire exists.
Technical Specification
Dimensions:
150H x 200W x 75D mm
Material:
Bayblend
polycarbonate/ABS alloy
Operating Temp:
-10 C to +55 C
Relative Humidity:
Up to 95% RH
Non-Condensing
Power Supply:
200mA
@24Vdc
Ext. Sounder Relay: 500mA@24Vdc
EMC:
Product Family Standard EN50130-4
in respect of Conducted
Disturbances, Radiated Immunity,
Electrostatic Discharge, Fast
Transients and Slow High Energy.
EN61000-6-3 -1 for Emissions.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Code
557.200.030
Remote LCD Repeater MKII
(compatible with Version 4.1 and
above for UK/UL/Marine/Western
European Countries)
557.202.118
MX Download Lead
557.180.152
9-Way gender changer
557.180.151
RS232/422 converter for LCD
Repeaters.

Page 27

MX Printers

The printer is designed as a low


cost business printer ideally suited
for mounting adjacent to the fire
control panel.The LQ-300+
combines high performance with
paper handling flexibility and quiet
operation.
Features
300 cps draft/ 90cps LQ.
Quiet operation
Lightweight and compact design
9 LQ fonts
2 paper feed paths
Convertible push/pull tractor
Paper guide
Auto loading
Paper park

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

Pagers & MX Spares

The pagers: Display messages sent out by the MX as displayed


on the MX LCD
Internal log of up to 40 events
Audible and/or vibrate warning of event
Allows the event log to be displayed
The transmitter: Connects using a 9 way D type MX interface lead to MX
printer port

Pager Interface
The MX pager system is designed to provide a facility to
signal all text messages or alarm/fault messages from a
local transmitter to the pagers.

The Type A alarm pager can display alarm/fault messages.


The Type B maintenance pager displays all messages sent
by the fire controller.

The transmitter connects to the serial printer port of an


MPM800, if a local printer is connected to the controllers
MPM800 serial port, a second MPM800 must be used. The
pager system requires a +12V d.c. connection (from a
remote psu) and a serial port connection. If the transmitter
needs to be located further than 2 m from the MX Panel,
then a non-standard serial printer cable may be used, up to
a maximum distance of 14m.

CAUTION: Before any installation is carried out, an on site


radio paging license must be obtained by the customer.
Care should be taken when designing pager systems.
Normal practice indicates that a site survey should be done.
Contact Product Management for additional advice on site
surveys.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
System operating
voltage:
Effective radiated
power:
Frequency range:
Channel spacing:
TX baud rate:
Type approval

557.200.029
577.002.002
577.002.003
577.002.007

328H x 190W x 75D mm


12 to 13.8Vdc
500mW
50-470 MHz
25KHz
512 or 1200
ETS 300 224, MPT1383 Cert No.
13249, EC type approved to ETS
300 682 Approval No. 13331

577.002.008
659.001.022

Pager Transmitter
Type A alarm pager
Type A maintenance pager
Pager aerial 60 db gain up to 1km (c/w
mounting bracket)
Optional feeder cable (10m long)
Elmdene 12V 1A PSU in Housing

Manual - Vol17A-2-Pager

Cables and Other Modules


Product Codes
UK
EUROPE
557.201.300
542.047
BFP801 Spare blank user interface module designer
housing blanking plate
557.202.116
542.008
FIM Modem lead
557.201.305
542.052
Designer door complete with hinges and brackets does
not include blanking plates
557.201.301
Standard MX Panel designer backbox and chassis plate
557.203.005
542.031
Set of spare keys for MX Panel

Page 28

557.180.209
Keyswitch assembly for use with MX2 controllers (spare)
557.180.208
MX2 Spare Keys
557.201.302
542.049
Deep MX Designer backbox and chassis plate
557.201.306
542.053
Standard MX Expansion backbox and chassis plate
557.201.310
542.079
Deep MX Expansion backbox and chassis plate
557.202.113
PSB to FIM Cable

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


MX Addressable Input/Output Modules
Tyco MX TECHNOLOGY provides a large range of addressable ancillary devices which can be programmed and
tested with the MX SERVICE tool. The first group of modules to be made available are shown in detail in this
section. Other modules including intrinsically safe devices, multiple input/output devices, emergency telephone and
the MX addressable voice evacuation amplifiers and ancillaries will follow later.

APM800 Addressable Power Supply Monitor


Technical Specification
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN50081- 1 &
EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
24H x 127W x
57D mm
Weight:
0.794Kg
Quiescent Current: 0.1mA
(APM800 - 1 from loop)
0.3mA (from
PSU)

Alarm Current:
0.1mA
(APM800 - 1 from loop)
0.3mA (from
PSU)
Product Code
557.202.027
APM800 addressable power supply
monitor (UK)
572.018
APM800 addressable power supply
monitor (EUROPE)

MIM800 Mini-Input Module (EU)


The MIM800 is a small MX
addressable module designed for
monitoring a single input circuit. The
MIM800 can monitor normally open
or normally closed inputs and
provides open and short circuit
monitoring of the line. The MIM800 is
designed for fitting in small devices
such as flow switches, special
detection devices and explosion
proof callpoints. A variant of the
MIM800 is used in all callpoints and
pullstations.

Technical Specification
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN500811 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
13H x 48W x 57D mm
Weight:
100g
Quiescent Current: 0.25mA
Alarm Current:
0.25mA
(without LED)

EOL resistor:
Monitor Resistor:

2.5mA (with
LED)
200 Ohm
100 Ohm

Product Code
555.800.001
MIM800 mini-input module (UK)
572.016
MIM800 (E) mini-input module
(EUROPE)

CIM800 Contact Input Module (EKU)


The CIM800 is a flexible addressable
input-monitoring device that fits in the
standard ancillary housings. The
CIM800 provides two inputs to
current MX panels though this can be
implemented as two separately wired
spurs (Style B) or as a loop (Style A).
Both spur and loop input wiring can
be configured to monitor normally
open or normally closed inputs. In
addition both can be configured to
initiate an alarm or short circuit fault
message in the event of a short circuit
on normally open monitoring circuits.

Technical Specification
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN500811 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x 87D mm
Weight:
100g
Quiescent Current: 300A
Alarm Current:
3mA
EOL & monitor resistor: 10k Ohms

Product Code
555.800.002
CIM800 contact input monitor (UK)
572.017
CIM800 (EK) contact input monitor
(EUROPE)
555.800.032
CIM 800 Module c/w Front Cover
(UK)
572.020
CIM 800 Module in isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)

Series , S100 Series, H Series,


S231F, S231F+, CP200, Series
600Compatible Zettler detectors:
M613 Series.

7.5mA (from ext. supply)


Alarm Current:
0.1mA (from
loop)
50mA (from
ext. supply)
Product Code
555.800.012
DIM800 detector input monitor (UK)
562.011
DIM800 (ADK) detector input monitor
(EUROPE)
555.800.042
DIM 800 Module c/w front cover
(UK)
562.012
DIM800 Module in isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)

DIM800 Detector Input Module (ADK)


The DIM800 is designed to power
and monitor a circuit of low voltage
conventional detectors and
callpoints. The detection circuit is
powered from an external 24V d.c.
supply and is reset by the MX
addressable panel. The DIM800
monitors the external 24V d.c. and
provides a fault signal if it is lost. The
input detection circuit can be wired
as one or two spur circuits (Class B),
one loop configured circuit (Class A)
or one 4 wire detection circuit.The
DIM800 is designed to be
compatible with most conventional
detection products. Compatibility
has been tested to date on the
following products: Compatible
Thorn detectors: M300 Series , M601

Technical Specification
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN500811 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to
+70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x
87D mm
Weight:
100g
Quiescent Current: 0.1mA (from
loop)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 29

MX Addressable Modules

The APM800 is an MX addressable


power supply monitoring module
which is usually used with the
PSM800/820 power supply module
to make an addressable power
supply. The APM800 is designed to
fix to studs on the top of the
PSM800/820 The APM800 monitors
the PSM800/820 for mains failure,
earth fault, battery charger fault and
battery fault. It can reset the
PSM800/820 resettable 24Vdc output
and initiate a battery test which then
reports battery voltage and current to
the controller.

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

MX Addressable Modules

LIM800 Line Isolator Module


The LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator
Module is designed to be used on all
MX addressable loops. It monitors
the line condition and upon
detection of a short circuit it isolates
the affected section whilst allowing
the rest of the addressable loop to
function normally. The LIM800
Ancillary Line Isolator Module
ensures that on a looped
addressable system a short circuit
fault cannot disable more detection
devices than would be lost on a
conventional non-addressable
system in accordance with BS5839
Part 1.

Technical Specification
EMC/RFI: Equal or exceeds
EN61000-6-3 & EN50130-4
Operating Temperature: -25C to
+70C
Relative Humidity: Up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions: 14H x 148W x 87D mm
Weight: 100g
Battery Requirements:
Standby 80A Max
Tripped 3.5mA Max

Product Codes
545.800.004
LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator
Module UK
572.054
LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator
Module EUROPE
545.800.033
LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator
Module c/w front cover UK
572.055
LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator
Module in Isolated D800 Housing
EUROPE

active, and shows a yellow LED


when the timer is counting down. To
provide a warning that the delay is
nearly over, the red LED and the
buzzer will pulse 5 minutes before
the end of the delay .
The TM520 requires a separate 24V
DC supply to operate. The module is
not addressable and will therefore
not take an address on the loop.

Technical Specification
Powered:
24Vdc
Temperature Range: -10C to +70C
Operating Humidity: <95% RH
Dimensions:
87H x148W x
14D mm

Technical Specification
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds 61000-6-3 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20C to +70C
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x
87D mm
Weight:
100g
Quiescent Current: 300A
Alarm Current:
3mA
Ident. Value:
180

Product Codes
572.015
LAV800 VdS extinguishing interface
EUROPE
572.025
LAV800 Module in isolated D800
housing EUROPE

Technical Specification
EMC/RFI:
Product Family standard EN50130-4
in respect of Conducted
Disturbances, Radiated Immunity,
Electrostatic Discharge, Fast
Transients and Slow High Energy.
61000-6-3for Emissions.
Operating Temperature: -25C to +
70C
Relative Humidity:
Up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x
87D mm
Weight:
105g
Quiescent Current: 0.3mA
Alarm Current:
3mA
EOL Resister:
3k3

Product Codes
555.800.063
SIO800 Single Input/Output Module
(compatible with Version 2.1 and
above)
555.800.064
SIO800 Single Input/Output Module
c/w Front Cover (compatible with
Version 2.1 and above)

TM520 Timer Module


The TM520 provides an output that
can be activated based on a delay
time. If either the key-switch on the
module is activated, or a predefined
event within the control panel occurs
then a timed delay (set between 10
minutes and 2 hours 10 minutes) is
started. When the delay reaches zero
the TM520 output is activated. The
unit sounds an internal buzzer and
shows a red LED when the output is

Product Code
557.180.423
TM520 timer module - non
addressable

LAV800 VdS Extinguishing Interface


The LAV800 provides an MX
addressable standard VdS
extinguishing interface in a standard
MX ancillary size package.

SIO800 Single Input/Output Module


The SIO800 Single Input/Output
Module is designed to provide a
monitored input and a volt free relay
changeover output. It consists of an
input for monitoring the status of a
normally open contact and a single
changeover relay contact. The relay
is controlled by a command sent
from the Minerva MX Fire Controller
via the addressable loop.
The state of the relay
(activated,deactivated or
stuck) is reported to the Minerva MX
Fire Controller. The LED may be
turned ON or OFF by the controller
during a relay activated condition.

Page 30

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


RIM800 Relay Interface Module
Technical Specification
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN61000.6.3& EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
noncondensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x
87D mm
Weight:
100g
Quiescent Current: 200A
Alarm Current:
3mA
Relay contacts:
2A @ 24V d.c.

Product Codes
568.800.003
RIM800 relay interface module (UK)
572.007
RIM800 relay interface module
(EUROPE)
568.800.033
RIM 800 Module C/W Front Cover
(UK)
572.021
RIM800 Module in isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)

Technical Specification
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN61000.6.3 &
EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
noncondensing
Dimensions:
26.5H x 42W x
74D mm
Relay Contacts:
Up to 10A @
250Va.c.

Product Codes
568.800.004
HVR800 high voltage relay (UK)
568.800.034
HVR800 in isolated D800 housing
(UK)
572.008
HVR800 high voltage relay
(EUROPE)
572.022
HVR800 in isolated D800 housing
(EUROPE)

Technical Specification
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN61000.6.3
& EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
noncondensing
Dimensions:
14H x 148W x
87D mm
Weight:
100g
Quiescent Current: 0.5mA
Alarm Current:
3mA
Output rating:
2A @ 24V d.c.
EOL resistor:
27k 1/2W

Product Codes
577.800.005
SNM800 sounder notification module
(UK)
572.009
SNM800 sounder notification module
(EUROPE)
577.800.035
SNM800 Module c/w Front cover
(UK)
572.023
SNM800 Module isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)

Dimensions:

572.014
LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder
module (EUROPE)
577.800.041
LPS800 Module c/w front cover (UK)
572.027
LPS800 Module in isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)

HVR800 High Voltage Relay Module


The HVR800 module is a
non-addressable device which
allows a low current mains rated
relay to switch up to 10A.
Alternatively a low voltage drive
signal such as that provided by
the RIM800 or 80 way mimic can
be used to switch the integral mains
relay via the opto-isolated input.

SNM800 Sounder Notification Module


The SNM800 is a remote
addressable sounder circuit output
device capable of switching sounder
and speaker circuits up to 2A @ 24V
d.c. or provide a monitored output
facility for other applications. These
can be used in addition to the two
circuits provided as standard on
most MX detection panels.
The SNM800 can support sounder
circuits wired as a spur (Class B
Style Y) or in a loop configuration
(Class A Style Z).
The SNM800 can be configured with
a RIM800 to provide a secure
monitored extinguishing release
solenoid control.

LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder Module


The LPS800 provides a single
monitored sounder output circuit
with up to 75mA of power sourced
from the MX panel.
Technical Specification
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN61000.6.31
& EN50130-4
Operating Temp:
-20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non- condensing

Weight:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Output rating:

14H x 148W x
87D mm
100g
0.93mA
Up to 75mA
continuous
75mA @ 24V
d.c. max

Product Codes
577.800.011
LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder
module (UK)

NOTE: Each MX Digital Loop can


provide up to 495mA for LPS800,
801SB AND 802SB.

Relative Humidity:
non-condensing
Dimensions:

Product Codes
577.001.023
SB520 Sounder Booster Module
(UK)
572.012
SB520 Sounder Booster Module
(EUROPE)
577.001.033
SB520 Module c/w Front Cover (UK)
572.024
SB520 Module in isolated D800
housing (EUROPE)

SB520 Sounder Booster Module


The SB520 sounder booster module
enables the SNM800 to drive circuits
with higher currents whilst
maintaining the reverse polarity
integrity line monitoring.
Technical Specification
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds
EN61000.6.31
& EN50130-4
Operating Temp.:
-20oC to +70oC

Weight:
Output rating:

up to 95% RH
14H x 148W x
87D mm
100g
15A @ 24V
d.c./10A Max.
per terminal

Non addressable

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 31

MX Addressable Modules

The RIM800 provides a single


programmable relay output from the
MX DIGITAL addressable loop which
can be programmed for a variety of
applications including signalling fire
conditions to plant, machinery, fire
doors, dampers & security systems.
The RIM800 relay coil is monitored.
The RIM800 relay contact is rated for
2A @ 24V d.c. but can be used to
switch mains voltage when used with
the HVR800. This unit has two optoisolated terminals specifically for
driving the HVR800.

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

MX Addressable Modules

BDM800 Beam Detector Module - Loop Powered


The BDM800 Beam Detector Module
is designed to interface the FIRERAY
50R or the 100R reflective beam
detector to the MX Digital
Addressable Loop. The BDM800
provides power from the loop,
monitors the Fire and Fault outputs
of the detector and also monitors
inter-connections for open and short
circuit faults. The BDM800 can also
be used with the FIRERAY 2000
active infrared beam detector.
Supplied fitted in a standard double
gang ancillary housing, the BDM800
greatly simplifies the wiring normally
associated with beam detection.
The considerable cost of providing
local power supplies that satisfy the
stringent requirements of BS5839
part 1 is eliminated.

Features
Power Beam detectors directly
from the MX Digital loop
Reduced wiring and installation
costs
Monitors beam detector for fire
and fault
Inter-connection monitored for
open and short circuit faults
LPCB and VdS approved (pend
ing)
Can be installed to BS5839 part 1
2002
On board LED indicates polling
and active
Use with reflective beams
FIRERAY 50R or 100R for greater
savings on installation
Compatible with FIRERAY 2000
beam detector
Optional BTM800 beam terminal
tion module to further simplify
installation

Product Code
555.800.066
BDM800 Beam
Detector Module c/w Cover UK
562.015
BDM 800
Beam Detector Module Housed in
D800 Housing Europe

cover and has all the connections


and components required to
minimise installation time.
Features
Simplifies the wiring between
Beam detector and BDM800
Allows BDM800 to be sited up to
40m from the beam detector

Product Code
555.800.067
BTM800 Beam Terminal Module c/w
Cover UK
562.017
BTM 800 Beam termination module
housed in D800 Housing Europe

Inputs monitored for open or


short circuit faults.
STYLE B (short circuit gives an
alarm) or STYLE C (short circuit
gives a fault) selectable for inputs
Provides four digital outputs
All four outputs can drive a selfpowered high voltage relay HVR800
Two outputs have both volt free
change over contacts and HVR
Drivers.

Boxed: 124.5 x 166.5 x 84.5mm


Weight:
Module 70g
Boxed 271g
Battery Requirements:
Powered from addressable loop:
Standby current: 0.7mA
Alarm current: 6.25mA

Technical Specification
Operating Temperature
-25C to + 70C
Storage Temperature
-40C to +80C
Operating Humidity
Up to 95% non-condensing
Dimensions (HWD):
Module 72 x 110 x 18mm

Product Code
555.800.065
Multi I/O Module
557.201.401
D800 Ancillary Housing
557.201.303
Din Rail Mounting Kit

BTM Beam Termination Module


In many cases it will be necessary to
site the BDM800 Beam Detector
Module some distance from the
beam detector itself. To minimise
and simplify wiring in such cases an
optional unit, the BTM800 beam
termination module is available. The
BTM800 is also housed in a
standard double gang ancillary

MIO800 Multi-Input Output Module


The MIO800 is a general purpose
interface module for use with MX
technologyTM fire detection systems.
It allows multiple input and output
connections to be made between
external equipment and the MX
Digital loop. Three input and four
outputs are provided. Each input
and output can be programmed
independently using the MX Consys
configuration tool to provide
customised functionality.
An IP55 rated D800 style housing is
used as the standard enclosure
with the option of a DIN-rail
mounting kit for in-cabinet
installations.
Features
Normally open or normally closed
inputs

Page 32

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Relay Contact Rating


DC - 2A @ 24V dc

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


MX Ancillary Housings
A variety of ancillary housings are available to fit the 800 Series MX ancillaries. The standard sized modules are
mechanically compatible with all options. LPCB approvals are with the M520 double gang cover plate or ancillary
housings. VdS certification is with the Zettler ancillary box and ancillary housings. The M520 double gang cover
provides external access for the MX SERVICE TOOL to plug into the ancillary module which is mounted in the cover.
All options allow the ancillary to be programmed and tested when the cover is removed.
M520
M520 Ancillary cover for use with
800 modules. Will fit onto a MK style
double gang back box.

Ancillary Housings

Product Code
517.035.007
M520 Ancillary Cover

D800
D800 IP55 ancillary housing
140W x 120H x 70D incorporates
window to view module LED

Product Code
557.201.401
D800 IP55 Ancillary Housing

ANC-3 Ancillary Housing


ANC-3 MINERVA ancillary
housing - for use with M800 ancillary
modules (can accommodate up to 3
M800 modules).

Product Codes
557.180.097.A
ADT Branded
557.180.097.T
Thorn Branded
557.180.097.Y
Tyco Branded

ANC-8 Ancillary Housing


ANC-8 MINERVA ancillary
housing - for use with M800 ancillary
modules, houses 8 modules,
expandable to 16 using the STK8
stacking kit.

Product Codes
UK
557.180.096.A
ADT Branded
557.180.096.T
Thorn Branded
557.180.096.Y
Tyco Branded

EUROPE

572.034

STK-8 MINERVA ancillary stacking kit


for use with ANC-8 ancillary housing
557.180.095
572.036
STK8 stacking kit

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 33

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


QFB/2
QFB/2 Dry lining flush mount (for
plasterboard etc) MK backbox for
use with M520 or 800 Series
addressable ancillaries using
517.035.007 cover.

Product Code
517.035.015
QFB/2 Dry lining flush mount

K2214 ALM Metal surface mount MK


backbox for use wilt M520 or 800
Series addressable ancillaries suing
517.035.007 cover. Includes 7 x
20mm knockouts

Product Code
517.035.011
K2214 ALM Metal Surface Mount MK
backbox

MK K2142 White plastic surface


mount MK backbox for use with
M520 or 800 Series addressable
ancillaries using 517.035.007 cover.

Product Code
517.035.010
MX K2142 White plastic surface
mount

8621C Steel flush mount MK backbox


for use with M520 or 800 Series
addressable ancillaries using
517.035.007 cover with knockouts.

Product Code

Standard Back Boxes

K2214 ALM

MK K2142

8621C

517.035.014

8621C Steel Flush Mount MK


Backbox

Technical Specification
Product Code
517.035.011
517.035.010
517.035.014
517.035.015

Page 34

MK Ref
K2214
K2142
MK862/K
QFB/2

Mounting
Surface
Surface
Flush
Flush/
Dry Lining

Dimensions
146x86x40mm
146x86x34mm
132x72x26mm
146x85x38mm

Knockouts
1x20mm rear/7x20mm sides
One rear (25x35mm)
4x20mm rear/12x20mm sides
2 top & bottom

Earth Screw Material


Yes
Steel
N/A
Plastic
Yes
Steel
N/A
Plastic

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features
Colour coded for Easy Loop Identification
Space for Zonal Label
Strong Adhesive Backing

Detectors have a special address flag for carrying the


address labels - detailed in the detector section. For other
devices or on detectors where zone information is also
required a series of address labels are available.
Numbered 1 to 250, the address labels are available in 8

different colours to distinguish between different loops. In


addition small zone labels can be fixed to the address
labels.

Product Codes
Zone Labels
599.047.011
599.047.012
599.047.013
599.047.014
599.047.015
599.047.016
599.047.018
599.047.019
599.047.020
599.047.021
599.047.022
599.047.023
599.047.024

Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone
Zone

Address Labels
599.047.030
599.047.031
599.047.032
599.047.033
599.047.005
599.047.006
599.047.007
599.047.008

Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address
Address

labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels
labels

Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones
Zones

Labels
Labels
Labels
Labels
Labels
Labels
Labels
Labels

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1 - 16
17 - 32
33 - 48
49 - 64
65 - 80
81 - 100
101 - 120
121 - 140
141 - 160
161 - 180
181 - 200
201 - 220
221 - 240

250
250
250
250
127
127
127
127

Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop

A - White
B - Yellow
C - Purple
D - Green
E - Grey
F - Blue
G - Orange
H - Red

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 35

Module Address Labels

Callpoint & Ancillary Address Labels

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Programming and Service Tools
The Tyco MX Service Tool is an esssential commissioning and servicing tool, providing diagnostic & programming
functions.

MX Service Tool

Features

Read/write the detector/ancillary address


Display date of manufacture and commissioning
Display serial number
Display temperature/ CO levels / smoke obscuration
Programming of the LED
Testing the detector remote LED and control outputs
Perform the detector self verification test function
Displaying detector dirtiness level
Controlling ancillary outputs
Reading ancillary statuses
Power management options

MX Service Tool

Product Codes

The TYCO MX SERVICE tool is a powerful and flexible tool


for assistance in the installation, commissioning,
diagnostics and service of Tyco MX detection systems. The
MX SERVICE tool allows all MX addressable devices to be
interrogated, tested and programmed.

516.800.918
516.800.922

Suitable for desktop or single handed operation the MX


SERVICE tool is battery operated using standard
rechargeable batteries. An accessory pack provides
alternative straps, and cigarette lighter adaptor. The MX
Service tool has a finite life time after which the software
must be recharged by an MX authorised administrator.

516.800.924
516.800.926
516.800.927
516.800.929

572.006
572.030

801AP MX SERVICE tool English


Spare ancillary programming lead English
801AP MX SERVICE tool German
Spare ancillary programming leadGerman
Pack of Spare Pins (Pk 10)
MX Service Tool PMS Dongle Parallel
MX Service Tool PMS Dongle (USB)
PMS Programming Lead

Features
Compact
Organises Tools
Sturdy Construction Protects Tools

MX Service Accessory Kit

Product Codes

A carry case which contains the following items:Car Lighter Adapter


Shoulder Strap

516.800.923
572.032

This provides space for the following:801AP MX Service Tool


Ancillary Programming Lead
Mains Charger
Page 36

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

MX SERVICE accessory kit - UK


MX SERVICE accessory kit - German

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


MX TechnologySoftware - Advanced Software
Applications for the MX Digital Fire Alarm System
MXConsys - The highly flexible and extremely powerful programming tool that has been used successfully with MX
since day one. Specially designed for MX, it is being constantly extended and improved to meet ever changing
demands

The demands on users in terms of experience and training


are considerably reduced. MXDesigner is a sophisticated
engineering design tool that not only ensures system
parameters and design rules are obeyed but are key to the
ordering and documentation processes. Battery
calculations, loop loading calculations, remote bus
parameters, system schematics and parts lists are all
included. The extensive use of graphics and 'drag and
drop' techniques makes the system easy and quick to use.
In addition, a design module for the intrinsically safe
MXDigital detectors and associated system 800
components is included. Available for free download from
the Tyco Fire and Security Website. MXFlow - If you have
ever been involved in the configuration process for a
complex 'cause and effect' programme, you will appreciate

the benefits of an automated method of documenting your


work. MXFlow does just that; it takes your MXConsys 'event
action' and transcribes it into a graphical format that is
comprehensive and easy to follow. It can be a valuable
commissioning tool that saves time and effort as well as an
easily understood form of documentation for future service
use. Available for free download from the Tyco Fire and
Security Website to authorised personnel. MXRemote Remote communications software provides a fast and
efficient means of diagnosis without anyone having to leave
the office.
In situations where access to a site may be difficult or
where an attending technician requires high level
assistance then MXRemote is the tool for the job. Using
modems, MXRemote can 'dial-up' the MX Digital fire system
and once connected, becomes an integral part of the fire
system, acting as a fully functional repeater. All system
functions are then available to the MXRemote operator.
Available for free download from the Tyco Fire and Security
Website but requires a dongle and license to operate.

Features

Windows based
Programs the system across multiple sub-panels
Downloads to the system from one point
Supports remote dial in capability
Provides Firmware download as well as configuration
download
Dongle protected
Provides full project configuration printouts. Includes MX
consys express

MX Consys
MX CONSYS is a powerful Windows programming tool
which provides full system programming functions and
project configuration and issue control. MX CONSYS is
used on MINERVA MX, MX2,T2000, ZETTLER EXPERT
panels.

It also supports automatic data transfer to MX GRAPH,


graphical mimic and alarm management systems. MX
CONSYS is available under document control from
authorised personnel in the Tyco businesses.

Product Codes
UK
EUROPE
557.203.001
MX CONSYS Dongle and license (parallel)
557.203.003
MX CONSYS Dongle and license (USB)
557.202.118
542.011
MX CONSYS Download lead

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 37

MX Configuration Software

Incorporated into MXConsys is MXConsys-Express - An


alternative approach to system configuration that simplifies
the programming effort by automating many of the
processes. Its heart lies in a number of pre-defined
templates that have been expertly designed to match a
selection of building types.

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

MX Remote and Democase

Facilitates remote diagnostics


Display identical to panel view
Remote Assistance

MX Remote
MX REMOTE is a Windows based software tool for remote
service and support of MX detection panels. MX REMOTE
provides a full function fire panel repeater running on a PC
either locally or over dial up telephone lines. Providing the
operator has the correct passwords MX REMOTE allows all
operator, manager, service and engineer functions available
at the panel to be provided at the PC.

This allows the customer or the Tyco service organisation


to provide remote assistance, service and limited
configuration assistance to the installation.
MX REMOTE is available as a stand-alone software
application for Tyco service operations. Alternatively Tyco
Safety Products are able to provide consultancy and
assistance in implementing MX REMOTE as an integrated
part of a central station and service centre system.

Product Codes
557.203.002
557.203.004
557.202.036

MX Remote dongle and license (parallel)


MX Remote Dongle and license (USB)
MX Remote modem (BABT)

542.036
557.202.116

24Vdc MX Remote Modem (EU)


MX-FIM Modem Lead

Features
Ideal Sales Aid
Suitable for Post Sales Training

MX Democase
An MX Panel, 801CH Detector, 801PH Detector, LEDs and
Switches mounted in a carry case and pre-configured with
demo software.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Input Voltage:

557.200.901

Page 38

360H x 600W x 290D mm


120-250VAC 50/60 Hz

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

MX Demo Case

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features
Available in PAL or NTSC
Details products features
Well presented

Product Codes
PSV001
PSV008
PSV009
PSV010

Carbon Monoxide Low Profile detector English PAL format


Tyco MX Technology - English PAL
format
Tyco MX Technology - English NTSC
format
Tyco MX Technology - German PAL
format

PSV011
PSV012
PSV013
PBMX01
PBMX01E

Tyco MX Technology - Dutch PAL format


Tyco MX Technology - Spanish PAL format
Tyco MX Technology - Spanish NTSC format
Tyco MX Technology Brochure - English version
Tyco MX Technology Brochure - Spanish version

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 39

MX Sales Aids

Sales Tools Video and Brochure

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


MX Graph/MX Net
MXGraph is a fully integrated graphical and text user interface for use with MINERVA MX, MX2, ZETTLER EXPERT
and MINERVA T2000 fire panels. MXNet allows up to 98 MX panels to be networked together to provide a seamless
peer to peer system.

MX Graph

Features
Combined text and graphics display on a single PC
Connected to MXNet, a single system can be used to
monitor up to 98 MX fire controllers
Designed for touch screen operation
Simple operator controls, no Qwerty keypad required
High resolution colour display
Three level automatic zoom sequence available for each
point
Overview map maintains a view of wider areas whilst
zooming into detail in the graphics window
Procedure window provides additional text and operator
instructions for each event
Classification of events helps to maintain a record of
activation and the causes
Browse icons placed on maps can be used to pan across
an installation in a logical sequence

MX Graph
Whether the installation uses a single sub-panel or up to
99 networked sub-panels, MXGraph provides a seamless
integrated graphical mimic with full alarm management
and panel control capability.
MXGraph has been designed with clear displays and
simple controls which can be quickly and easily
understood by an operator rather than an engineer. The
system is designed to be used with a touch screen or
mouse and does not require the use of a Qwerty
keyboard.
Using the secure acknowledged transfer of events, up to
three MXGraph systems can be used to monitor up to 96
MX controllers connected to an MXNet.
MXGraph uses a unique configuration tool GRAB-IT,
(Graphical, AutoCad, Bitmap, Information, Transfer) to
automatically configure the system. Installation plans,
device type and location, flood fill areas, flood fill locations,
zoom areas and zoom magnifications are all imported
from AutoCad.

This configuration tool significantly reduces configuration


time, increases the integrity of information and enables
simple updates to the system in the future.
MXGraph can be connected to up to 98 networked MX fire
panels using the LPCB approved MXNet. MXGraph will
also be available for use with up to 64 MX fire panels
networked using the LON based VdS approved FILNET.
MX net will support up to 5 fully operational MXGraph user
interfaces on a network plus additional units operating as
graphical mimics. MXGraph consists of a standard
personal computer, that is linked onto the MXNet via a
TLI-800 network interface module. MXGraph is primarily
operated by either mouse or touch screen.
For an up to date specification of the latest approved PC
platform, contact the Fire Product Manager.
MXGraph is functionally similar to Thorngraph. For full
details of upgrade paths contact the Fire Product Manager.

Product Codes
508.020.007

508.020.015
557.203.007

Page 40

Compatibility tested PC for MX &


ThornGraph graphics terminal preloaded
and configured with default passwords
17 LCD Flat Panel Touchscreen
USB to RS232 converter for touch
screen monitor

508.020.201
508.020.202
508.020.203
508.020.204

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Software package A for 1 network node


Software package B for 2-5 network
nodes
Software package C for 6 or more
network nodes
Software package D for additional
graphics nodes on the same MXNet

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


MX Graph contd
Additional Features
Control icons placed on maps can be used to initiate
actions at the MX fire controller, used to operate
ancillaries such as HVAC
Automatic configuration using the GRAB-IT tool,
including Cad drawings, text messages, locations,
flood fills and zoom areas

Full password protection and multiple operator levels


Remote control of MX fire controller across the
network
Real time on line event management and historic
information system
User designed search keys can be used to generate
specific and useful reports
Available in English, Dutch and Spanish

MX Graph

MXGraph Typical Arrangement

Max distance between


nodes is 3000m using
twisted/shielded pair
cable

Max distance between


nodes is 1000m using
MICC cable

TLI800
Network
Interface

TLO530

TLO530

Fibre
Interface

Fibre
Interface
Max distance between
nodes is 4000m using
fibre optic cable

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 41

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

MX Graph

Integral Touchscreen & PC


Wall Mountable
Adjustable wall mount

Wall Mountable PC with Integral 12.1 Touchscreen


Compatibility tested industrial style PC with integral 12.1
LCD touch screen available with optional adjustable wall
mount.

Versions available for 240 Vac or 24Vdc supply. Unit


comes pre-loaded with Windows 2000 operation system
but is not preconfigured with MXGraph.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Input Voltage:

508.020.020
508.020.021
508.020.022

Input Current:
Operating Temp:
Humidity:

Page 42

375W x 285.5H x 104.4D mm


5.2kg
240 Vac Version - 100-250Vac
24Vdc Version - 18-56 Vdc
7A at 24Vdc
0C to 45C
10 to 95% RH Non condensing

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Wall Mountable PC 240 Vac


Wall Mountable PC 24 Vdc
Adjustable Wall Mount Bracket

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features

MXNet
MXNet provides a true peer to peer communications
interface for up to 99, MINERVA MX, ZETTLER EXPERT or
MINERVA T2000 fire controllers in any combination and the
MXGraph, graphical user interfaces. The units can be interconnected into a large network without the need for a host
or master controller. MXNet is based upon a combination of
hardware and software that allows MX fire controllers
(Nodes) to be linked together.

Additional Features
Automatic network re-configuration when a previously
failed node is restored to the network.
Up to 3,000 metres between nodes with
twisted/shielded cable.
System will operate on standard 2 core MICC.
MX controllers may be grouped into sub-nets where
each panel is programmed to inter-act only with other
selected controllers.
Plug-in module (TLI-800) easily connects an MX fire
controller to the network.
Data is re-generated at each MX controller and is sent
out over the MXNet as new clean data. All degradation
in received data due to noise on a line, line attenuation,
or phase shifting is eliminated when the data is regenerated.

The MXNet supports up to 99,000 analogue/addressable


points and over 49,000 digital I/0 points. The network coordinates and distributes alarm annunciation and
supervises system operation. When connected to the
network, each MX Fire controller maintains its full standalone features, functions and capabilities.
See separate documentation for full details of MX-FILNET,
VdS approved networking alternative to MXNet.

The MXNet uses a token-passing, non collision


communication protocol for data transmission.
"Network zones" and "sectors" allow the network
controllers to be configured as a single "seamless"
system.
MXGraph, a P.C. based graphical user interface,
connects directly on to the network.
MXNet supports combinations of MICC,
twisted/shielded pair cabling, fibre optic cabling, and
dedicated telephone line.
Multiple communication topologies bus or ring.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 43

MX Net

LPCB approved
A peer to peer network that does not use a host or
master controller.
99 nodes, 99,000 points, 23,760 zone capacity.
Bi-directional signaling.
Open/short circuit isolation.
Events originating at any node can be used as an input
to event/action processing of other panels to co-ordinate
and distribute systems control.
System can be configured in the field using MX Consys
software.
Failure of one node does not affect any other node or
communications between nodes. In the event of multiple
failures, nodes will automatically re-generate into
independent fully functional networks.

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels

MX Network Cards

TLI-800
The key hardware component that
makes the network possible is the
LPCB & UL approved network card
TLI-800. The TLI-800 provides the
electrical/mechanical means to
connect the components of the
network to local and remote
network signalling circuits.
Installation of the TLI-800 is
simplified with an edge connector
that plugs onto the main processor
board of the MX controller. The TLI800 provides RS-485
communications over a twisted
shielded pair as a standard
configuration.

The distance between controllers


can reach 3,000 metres at a speed
of 38.4 Kbs using 18AWG twisted
shielded cable.
It fits within the MX panel housing.
Later versions of the MX Panel
software will be compatible with
ThornNet and TFXNet. This uses the
TLI/TLK530 network or the TLI-800
with different firmware.

Product Codes
557.202.026
TLI-800 MXNet network node
interface module
557.200.038
TLI-800G ThornNet interface for
MXGraph PC c/w 240V PSU and
housing
557.180.219
MXGraph PC to TLK-530-G & TLI800G connection cable
NOTE: TLK-530 and TLK530-G can
be upgraded to TLI-800 and TLI800G with a firmware change.

The Fibre Optics Module (TLO-530)


is used to interface one fibre optic
channel to the TLI-800 module. The
TLO - 530 fibre optic interface
module converts RS-485 digital data
current pulses from the TLI-800
network interface module to light
pulses. The light pulses are then
carried over fibre optic cabling to
another TLO-530 where the pulses
are converted back to RS-485 digital
data current pulses. Two TLO-530
modules are required per panel for
redundant path star connections

and when using fibre optics in both


directions of ring and bus
connections. Two (2) type 62.5/125
fibres between controllers (4 fibres
when using redundant path star
connections) allow the interface to
transmit signals at 38.4 Kbs at
distances as high as 4,000 metres
between controllers.
Up to two units can be fitted into a
TLO/TLD Housing which has a
chassis plate to accommodate the
units.

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
210H x 130W x
30D mm
Weight:
460g
Input Voltage:
24Vdc

The Telephone Line Drive Module


(TLD-530) is used to interface two
(2) dedicated telephone line circuits
to the TLI-800 module. The TLD-530
line driver module converts the RS485 signals received from the TLI800 network interface module to
signals capable of being transmitted
over the telephone line circuits.
One TLI-800 supports two channels
so only one module is required per
controller for both single path and
redundant path star connections.
The interface allows for field
configured baud rates and supports
distances of up 3,000 metres. Up to
two units can be fitted into a
TLO/TLD Housing.

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
170H x 120W x
20D mm
Weight:
140g

Product Codes
557.180.699
TLD 530 ThornNet/MXNet direct line
driver PCB
557.180.148.A
TLO/TLD Housing - ADT branded

The CCU3/C-MXMB provides a


MODBUS interface to a number of
MX panels on an MXNet. CCU/IO
boards may also be connected to
provide general I/O devices
accessed through the MODBUS
interface.

be used as inputs to the MX. These


contacts are controlled via WRITE
commands to the MODBUS map.
Each CCU/IO also has 8 supervised
inputs whose tatus can be read
from the MODBUS map.
Technical Specifications
Input Voltage
18-30Vdc
Current
150mA at
24Vdc
Dimensions
140 x 105 x
15mm

TLO-530

Product Codes
557.180.700
TLO 530 ThornNet/MXNet fibre
optics interface assembly
557.180.148.A
TLO/TLD Housing - ADT branded

TLD-530

CCU3

The CCU3/C-MXMB connects to MX


panels on the MXNet via a TLI-800
(TPI) interface card using RS232
(PL2 socket). It connects to
MODBUS via either RS232, RS485
(default) or RS422 connection.
Another port allows up to 8 CCU/IO
boards to be connected. Each
CCU/IO has 8 relay outputs that can

Page 44

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Codes
557.202.046
MX CCU3/C-MXMB
MX to MOD Bus Interface

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Features
Facilitates Integration of MX & Minerva Systems
Easy Upgrade Path for MINERVA systems

The MX Minerva bridge enables a mix of Minerva and MX


Panels anywhere on a shared network to operate as an
integrated system.
Housed in either a MXAPSU17 or MXAPSU38 housing, the
MX-Minerva bridge is a translating host converting packets
between the Minerva format and the MX format in both
directions. Flexibility is provided for packet conversion in
the bridge configuration programme.

The bridge comprises of 2 network cards and a translating


host (CCU).
The MX Minerva bridge can be added to one mixed
network using both Minerva and MX Nodes or it can be
connected to span between two physically separated
network rings, one with Minerva nodes and one with MX
nodes.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Size:

557.202.120
557.202.121

Input voltage:
Operating Temp:
EMC/RFI:

320x440x120mm (17A/H)
320x440x215mm (38A/H)
120-250VAC - 50/60Hz
8 to +55C
EN50130-4

MX-Minerva Bridge Kit (17AH)


MX Minerva Bridge Kit (38AH)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 45

MX Minerva Bridge

MX Minerva - Bridge

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


MINERVA Solo Detection Panels
MX Solo provides an entry level addressable panel with a range of available loop protocols supplied with a MX
digital Loop Technology Loop Card. This can be replaced with the universal card to support Nittan and Apollo
protocols.

MX Solo Panel

Features

Single MX DIGITAL loop 8 to 16 zone detection panel


EN54:pt.2 and pt.4 compliant
Auxiliary loop power
MX VIRTUAL detectors
Fully programmable with front panel programming option
Optional integral event printer
2 x 40 Character text display
Pre-alarm functions
Display of temperature, CO and smoke levels
Supports day/night detection modes
Optional full function repeaters
Optional service upgrade universal loop card

Minerva Solo Detection Panels


The MINERVA SOLO use Tyco MX technology to provide
a highly featured yet cost effective fire detection panel.
The MINERVA SOLO is a single loop LPCB approved
EN54 compliant detection panel available in 8 and 16 zone
models.
MINERVA SOLO panels provide a highly featured and fully
approved alternative to conventional detection systems in
small to medium multi-occupancy, commercial and
industrial buildings. The MINERVA SOLO also allows

systems with existing addressable detectors to be


upgraded to the latest panel technology and benefit for the
service and central station monitoring offered by Tyco
companies.
The MINERVA SOLO universal loop card currently
supports the following protocols:
Apollo Series 90, XP95 and Discovery protocols
Nittan AS protocol

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Approx Weight:
Temp. (Storage):
Temp. (Operating):
Humidity:
EMC/RFI:
Shock:
Vibration:
Colour:

UK
EUROPE
557.300.001
MXS 8 Minerva Solo One Loop 8 Zone Panel.
557.300.002
542.094
MXS 16 Minerva Solo One Loop 16 Zone Panel
557.300.005
MXS8 Minerva Solo One Loop 8 Zone Panel (Flush)
557.300.006
MXS16 Minerva Solo One Loop 16 Zone Panel (Flush)
557.301.006
542.106
Minerva Solo MX Loop Card (Spare)
557.301.101
Solo Consys-Configuration Software Key for
MX/Apollo/Nittan Protocol
557.301.012
Programming Lead for connecting a laptop to the Minerva
Solo
557.300.003
MXS 8R Minerva Solo Full Function 8 Zone Repeater
without PSU
557.300.004
542.096
MXS 16R Minerva Solo Full Function 16 Zone Repeater
without PSU
557.301.007.P
MXS Loop Card for use with Apollo protocol

Outputs:
Repeater Bus:
Loop power:
Battery Capacity:

320H x 440W x 120D mm


7Kg (without batteries)
-10 to +55C
-10 to +40C
0 to 95% RH
EN 50130-4
EN54-2
EN54-2
Dawn Grey
(BS4800 10A-03)
5 Monitored outputs
5A@24Vdc
RS485 Max. 1.2Km
Max.16 repeaters
495mA (standard MX loop
card)
Up to 12Ah (internal)
Up to 17Ah (external)

(Contd on next page)

Page 46

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels


Product Codes contd

MX Solo Panel

UK
EUROPE
557.301.007.N
MXS Loop Card for use with Nittan protocol
557.301.005
542.100
MXS/PRN Panel Mount Thermal Printer
557.301.011
MXS CPU to printer lead
557.301.014
Spare paper for Panel Mount Thermal Printer (pk5)
557.301.102
Qwerty Keyboard for programming text descriptions into
Minerva Solo.
542.105
Adaptor for PS2 Keyboard to program text descriptions into
Solo.
542.107
Zettler Solo TU Module
542.108
Spare Key
(1 pair)

Solo Detection Panel System Schematic


Max 1.2Km

220-240Va.c.

24V.d.c.

24 Vdc
Callpoint

MSR Repeater

MXS 8/16

MSR Repeater
Fire output
Fault output

RIM

Sounder 1

CIM

Sounder 2
Aux. output
557.301.005
MSP Printer

MIM

SNM

MX Virtual
Detector

Sounders

557.301.012
Programming Lead
DIM

557.301.102
Keyboard

Callpoint

LIM

ASCII Qwerty Keyboard


Conventional
Detector

Laptop

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 47

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels

Conventional Fire Alarm Panels - BS5839 and EN54


MINERVA MXC panels are the first products in a whole new family of fire detection and extinguishing controllers for
the high volume, small systems end of the world-wide fire detection market.

MXC Conventional Panel

The product design provides a highly featured, low cost product with features incorporated to reduce installation
costs, simplify connection to central alarm monitoring stations and allow service upgrades of old installations.

Features
Approved to EN54 pt 2 & 4
Operates with Tyco Series 600 LPCB Vds approved
detector ranges
2,4 and 8 zone variants
Tyco 2-Wire sounders on the first 4 detection zones
Supports a plug-in Central Station communicator
Programmable mapping of detection circuits to sounder
circuits.
Installation features
Customised zone text insert
Surface or semi-flush mount
Reversible back-box for top or bottom conduit and cable
entry
Terminations that suit up to 2.5mm2 CSA cable

MINERVA MX Conventional Panels


MINERVA MXC is a range of low cost 2,4, and 8 zone EN54

detection panels incorporating the following key features


and functions.
Power Supply
The power supply is designed to comply with the latest
standards (EN54pt4) as well as providing full battery backup capabilities. A re-settable power output enables beam
detectors and other devices to be powered and be reset
from the panel.
Up to 72 hours standby plus 30 minutes alarm
2A PSU/charger with 1.5A available for detectors,
sounders (2x500mA) and auxiliary devices (24V 250mA)
Space for 2 x 7Ah batteries internally
Panel Functions
For normal operation the MXC requires no configuration.
Other typical options can be easily selected on links inside
the controller. An optional advanced programming mode
changes the function of the standard user interface to
allow powerful bell mapping and delay options, which are
only normally found on much higher priced panels.
One Man Weekly test option
One Man Zone and Sounder walk test
Zone Disable (Isolate) functions
Cross zoning/coincidence on Zones 1 & 2
Bell Mapping
Optional Sounder delays
Optional reset on auxiliary 24V
Inputs and Outputs
The Detection circuits support 2-Stage alarm, Alert and
Evacuate, which can be used for different sounder
responses. Whilst auxiliary inputs allow school class
change to be configured to existing installations, signalling
faults to be monitored and non-latching alarms from
landlord systems to be implemented.
Detection circuits monitored for detector removal
Tyco 2-Wire sounders can be installed on the detection
zones 1 to 4
Two stage alarms Alert and Evacuate
Class change input (output follow input)
Non-latching alarm input
Page 48

Non-latching fault input


Auxiliary input for signalling fault monitoring
Signalling fire and fault outputs (with optional
.
monitoring/supervision of the connection)
Input/Output Expansion
An optional plug in board provides a host of inputs and
outputs for the most complex applications. Eight zone
panels are fitted with this board and the connections for
4 of the detection zones are made on this board, however,
this board will not expand a two or four zone unit into an
eight zone.
Additional fire and fault relays.
Up to 8 x Zonal Outputs
Optional remote evacuation/silence and reset inputs for
system integration
FIRE BRIGADE (CS) SIGNALLING AND REMOTE
ENGINEERING
Two signalling options are available for UK Central
Stations.
MXC-DIGI
A plug-in digital dialler which fits inside the panel and
provides fire, fire test and fault signalling.
REDCARE STU
This standard ADT RedCARE STU is also compatible with
the MXC panels.
Note: REDCARE is the only LPCB approved signalling
solution for the UK.
MINERVA MXC DEVICES
Branding
MINERVA MXC detection panels are supplied with multiple
tyco business branding for affixing during commissioning
(Tyco, ADT, Wormald, Zettler and Thorn branding).
Detectors and call-points are also available in these
brands.
Approvals
The MXC range complies with EN54 pt 4.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


Product Codes
508.030.102
508.030.201
508.030.202
508.030.203

509.030.016
573.013.301
568.001.007
573.013.103
508.030.301

509.030.015
509.030.019
509.030.027
509.030.022
509.030.023
509.030.024

MXC/MXCE spare key (2 off)


MXC Relay Card
Housing Extension (Metal)
Spare MXC 202/204/208 PSU PCB
Spare MXC 104 PSU PCB
Spare MXC 104/202/204/208 Display
PCB

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

MXC Conventional Panel

509.030.001
509.030.005

MXC104PU UK 4 zone EN54 Control


panel
MXC202PU UK 2 zone Tyco-2 Wire EN54
panel
MXC204PU UK 4 zone Tyco-2 Wire EN54
panel
MXC208PU UK 8 zone Tyco-2 Wire EN54
panel
MXC IOP input/output expander card
MXC-DIGI plug-in Scantronic Minicom
communicator and mounting kit.
MXC/MXCE Zone End of Line Unit (Pk 8)
Fire RedCare STU 24V (Reqs Housing)
Housing for Fire RedCare STU 24V
Fire Test Buzzer and Key Switch
MXC Overlay High Level Programming
Tool

Page 49

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels

CB200 Conventional Panel

Features

Built-in detector removal indication facility


Available in 1 or 2 zone format
One-man test facility
Removable cable entry grommets
Compact and stylish design
Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting
User friendly controls
Ample termination space
Poly carbonate enclosure
Supplied with log book/manual
Complies with EMC and LVD Directives
Class Change Input

CB200 (Conventional Control Panel)


The new CB200 range of conventional fire panels, are low
cost - high quality panels which provide an excellent
product solution to meet the differing needs of todays
diversified marketplace.
The slimline CB200 is specifically intended for use on
simpler, low cost fire alarm installations where it currently
holds a dominant market position.
The CB200 high quality - low cost conventional panel range
is housed in a compact aesthetically appealing
polycarbonate enclosure designed for versatility hence
allowing for surface or semi-flush mounting.
Each panel in this series issimple to install, program and
operate, as reported by satisfied installation engineers and
critical end-users.
Technical Information
The CB 200 conventional fire panel may be supplied in 1 or
2 zone format. All zones and alarm circuits are monitored
for open and short circuit fault conditions with detector
removal facility provided as standard. The cabinet will
house 2 x 12V 2.1 Ah batteries.
Comprehensive user controls, including the ability to isolate
each zone, assist in the prevention of unwanted alarms
during periods of building maintenance or refurbishment. A
slide-in insert is included for clear zone identification.

The cabinet back-box houses only the transformer, thus


providing a virtually empty enclosure for first fix installation.
A steel gland plate, removable plastic grommets and ample
space are designed to assist with cable termination. The
surface-mount electronics motherboard is fitted and
terminated after the first fix installation and finally a terminal
cover completes the panel installation.
CB200 Panel Enhancements
The CB200 panel may be enhanced to provide additional
facilities.
The C1437 alarm module provides the facility to split and
control one alarm input into four independent, fully
monitored alarm output circuits. The C1437 has open &
short circuit fault monitoring on all alarm circuits (complete
with LED indication). Connection between the panel and
the C1437 board is monitored for open and short circuit
faults.
Note
If panel enhancements are required, the enhancement
boards must be ordered complete with suitable
enhancement enclosure and panel. Enhancement boards
and enclosures cannot be ordered as individual
component items.

Technical Specification
Panel Dimensions
Height:
Width:
Depth:

245 mm
313 mm
92 mm

Product Codes
2500/383
2500/384

CB200 1 zone conventional control


panel, CE Marked, space for 2Ah
battery set (2 x 12V)
CB200 2 zone conventional control
panel, CE Marked, space for 2 Ah
battery set (2 x 12V)

Panel Enhancement Boards


2500/032
C1437 4 way alarm extender board.
2500/034
C1466 1 x double pole relay board (1A
contacts - PCB only)

Page 50

Enhancement Enclosures
2500/220
Enclosure c/w 1A PSU & space for 4 x
C1437 and 2 x C1466 & 6.2AH battery
set. Cabinet size - 380H x 600W x
210Dmm.
2500/221
Enclosure c/w 3A PSU & space for 2 x
C1324 or 4 x C1437 boards. Cabinet size 380H x 600W x 210D mm.
2500/222
Enclosure c/w 5A PSU & space for 2 x
C1324 or 4 x C1437 boards. Cabinet size 380H x 600W x 210D mm.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


Features

NT100 Conventional Controllers


The range of NT100 panels are state-of-the-art intelligent
fire panels, which provide many of the features normally
only found on more expensive analogue addressable
panels. The range of control panels are LPCB approved
to EN54Pt. 2 and 4 and include many local approval
authorities around the world. The panels are supplied in 8
and 16 zone versions. Each detection zone can support
up to 32 conventional detectors.

Country
U.K.
Spain
Holland
Country
Holland

The user interface is provided through a combination of


LEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display. The LCD
display provides a full customer definable text display of
the alarm or fault condition whilst also displaying zones in
alarm, fault or isolate status. The display also indicates
the outputs that have been activated. Each control panel
can have up to a maximum of 3 repeaters.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF95 NT Fire Control Panels

Standard Fire Control Panel


Standard Fire Repeater Panel
NT108
NT116
NT116R
508.022.008
508.022.016
508.022.038
508.022.019
508.022.010
508.022.018
508.022.044
Fire Panels with Integral Firemans Interface
NTF08
NTF16
508.022.042
508.022.043

Technical Specification

Optional Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Supply:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Operating Temp:
Operating Humidity:

The following product codes include all the optional extras


which can be included as part of your customer.,s
requirements. Additional spare parts are also included.

320H x 430W x150Dmm


6.3kg
198 -264Vac
50mA @ 24Vdc
1A @ 24Vdc
0 to +40C
0-90% RH non-condensing

509.022.001
509.022.008
509.022.011
509.022.013
509.022.021
509.022.033

NT100 Series Spare Commissioning Kit


Included With All Panels
PRN-02 Spare Printer Paper For PRN-01
(Supplied one per pack)
NT100 Spare PSU For NT,NTR & NTF
Variants
NT Flush Mount Bezel Ancillaries
NT/NTR/NTF CPU Board V1.9 Spare
NT/NTR/NTF Display PCB spare

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 51

NT Conventional Panel

LPCB & ANPI (BOSEC) approved to EN54 Parts 2 and 4


Customer friendly, multi language information on LCD
display/Comprehensive fault diagnostics
8 and 16 zone Panels/4 monitored Relay outputs
Can be used with a wide range of approved detectors
Detector removal monitoring
4 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A
3 programmable auxiliary inputs/One common fault relay
3 levels of alarm discriminations per zone
Internal batteries (up to 12Ah)
Programmable cause and effect/Programmable user
access level/Manned/ unmanned mode
Can interface to intrinsically safe System 601
Optional fireman's interface/Optional printer/Optional
repeater units
Optional I/O expansion board
16 digital outputs or 16 relay output options

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


NTX-02 16 Way Relay Output Board
NTX-02 16 Way Relay Output Board
(24Vdc@1A) Requires NTX-01
Expansion Board

Product Code
509.022.004

NT Panel Optional Modules

NTX-03 16 Way Digital Output Driver Board


NTX-03 16 Way Digital Output Driver
Board - Requires NTX-01 Expansion
Board

Product Code
509.022.005

PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer


PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer for
use with NT & NTF Controller
Variants

Product Code
509.022.007

NTX-01 4 Way Expansion Board


NTX-01 4 Way Expansion Board Supplied Fitted to the NTF And NTR
Controllers. Also Supports NTX02,03,04 Expansion Boards

Product Code
509.022.003

NTX-04 16 Way Digital Input Board


NTX-04 16 Way Digital Input Board
for use on Special NT Controller
Variants only

Page 52

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Code
509.022.006

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


Features

NTR100 Conventional Extinguishing Controllers


The range of NTR gas release panels are state-of-the-art
intelligent panels, which enable a wide variety of gas
release applications to be implemented. The panel is
provided with default settings to suit most INERGEN,
FM200 and CO2 applications and can be programmed to
suit most other gas releasing applications. For compatibility
with latest standards the panel complies with all relevant
parts of EN54 part 2 and 4. The NTR panel is designed to
comply with BS7273 and can be installed to fully comply
with BS5839 Pt 1 and BS6266.
System Operation (Default UK Operation)
Stage 1 - The panel stays in Stage1 Fire Alarm until the fire
or false alarm source is removed and the panel is reset or
Stage 2 ensues.

Stage 2 - The panel stays in Stage 2 for 30 seconds


(adjustable) to provide a Pre-release Warning during which
time the HOLD or ABORT sequences can be initiated.
Stage 3 - The panel remains in Stage 3 Gas Release for the
solenoid firing time or until the release confirmation is
received from the High Pressure Switch.
Stage 4 - The panel remains in the Fire Alarm condition and
indicates the gas released message until the system is
silenced and reset. Failure to receive a release confirmation
will initiate a fault.
The user interface is provided through a combination of
LEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display. The LCD display
provides a full customer definable text display of the alarm
or fault condition whilst also displaying zones in alarm, fault
or isolate status. The display also indicates the outputs that
have been activated.

Technical Specification

Optional Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Supply:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Operating Temp:
Operating Humidity:

The following product codes include all the optional extras which can be
included as part of your customer's requirements. Additional spare parts are
also included.

320H x 430W x 150D mm


6.3kg
198 -264Va.c.
50mA @ 24Vdc
1A @ 24Vdc
0 to +40C
0-90% RH non-condensing

NTR-08
Single Area
508.022.003
508.022.001
508.022.002
509.022.001

Note: The NTR is compatible with the T500 range of ancillaries.

509.022.007
509.022.008
509.022.011
509.022.013
509.022.033

NTR-16
Dual Area
UK
508.022.021
Dutch
Finnish
Swedish
NT100 Series Spare Commissioning Kit
Included With All Panels
PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer For Use
With All NT Controller Variants
PRN-02 Spare Printer Paper For PRN-01
supplied one per pack.
NT100 Spare PSU For NT,NTR & NTF
Variants
NT Flush Mount Bezel
NT/NTR/NTF Display PCB Spare

Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix


T510

T525

T526

T528

T529

T561

T563

T564

E1

E3

I3

I4

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 53

NTR Extinguishing Controller

ANPI (BOSEC) Approved/Comprehensive fault diagnostics


Customer friendly, multi language information on LCD
display/2 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A
Manual release zone - direct to stage 2
Can be used with a wide range of approved detectors
Detector removal monitoring/Optional Auto/Manual key
switches/Optional remote hold and abort
2 monitored Solenoid circuits/4 monitored Relay outputs
3 programmable auxiliary inputs
3 levels of alarm discriminations per zone
One common fault relay/Internal batteries (up to 12Ah)
Programmable cause and effect and user access levels
Can interface to intrinsically safe System 601
High and Low pressure monitoring
Initial/Reserve changeover facility/Optional Door Interlock
Optional I/O expansion board
16 digital outputs or 16 relay output options

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


NTR - Typical Wiring Schematic for Single Area Panels

NTR Extinguishing Controller Schematics

PRESSURE SWITCHES

Typical Extinguishing Gas Release Applications


Extinguishant Schematic Configuration with Extinguishant Solenoid

Extinguishant Schematic Configuration with Pilot Container Solenoid

Extinguishant Initial/Reserve Schematic with Extinguishant Solenoid

Page 54

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


Features

MXCE Conventional Fire Detection & Extinguishing Controller


The self-contained MXCE panel provides all the required
monitoring and control functions to install a complete fire
detection, alarm and extinguishing system. The MXCE
T550 controller supports 4 detection zones. Coincidence
operation is available as standard on zones 1 and 2.
Zones 3 and 4 can be used for extinguishing (coincidence)
or as independent fire alarm zones.
The exceptionally priced T550 controller is designed as a
feature enhanced, aesthetically modern replacement for
the current, more expensive and heavily dated T530 and
T520 Extinguishing panels. Additionally, the introduction of
2-wire sounder capability (detectors and sounders on the
same 2-wire circuit) to the extinguishing systems market
will achieve significant cost and installation savings.
Installation Features
The MXCE offers flexible mounting arrangements, with
easily removable door, multiple conduit entries and large
terminations, designed specifically for simplified
installation.
Reversible back-box for top or bottom conduit and cable
entry
Surface or semi-flush mount
Terminations that suit up to 2.5mm2 CSA cable
Power Supply
The power supply is designed to comply with the latest
standard (EN54 pt4). The internal mains PSU provides all
power plus charging and monitoring of the 2 x 12V lead
acid batteries (up to 7 Ah).
1.8A PSU/Charger for detection and output loads
Panel battery capacity - 2 x 7Ah batteries
internally
Panel Functions
Coincidence operation zones 1 and 2
Optional coincidence operation on zones 3 and 4
Auto/Manual select

2-wire sounders (on the detection zones)


Configurable release delay and solenoid pulse
Inputs and Outputs
4 zones
First stage sounders (sounder circuit 1 and 2-wire
.
sounders)
Second stage sounders (sounder circuit 2)
Mode-select Auto/Manual input
Extinguishing Disable input
Hold button input
Abort button input
High and low pressure extinguishant monitor inputs
Manual electrical release input
Signalling fault monitor
Fire and fault relays
Mode select/status indication
Mimic inputs (silence/reset/evacuate)
Door interlocks
Status Outputs to external equipment
MXC-DIGI
A uniquely designed plug-in digital dialler which
fits inside the panel and provides fire, fire test and
fault signalling.
Sounders
Each MXCE zone can support up to sixteen Tyco
2-wire sounders, which can be any combination
of Tyco 602SBD sounder base units or wall
mounted Symphoni Sounders.

Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix


T510

T525

T526

T528

T529

T561

T563

T564

E1

E3

I3

I4

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

No

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Temperature:
(Operating)
Mains Voltage:

508.030.502

332w x 240H x 100(mm)


6.8kg (inc 7Ah Batteries)

509.030.005
0to 40C
230 Vac 50HZ

509.030.016
509.030.015
509.030.027

MXCE T550 4 zone conventional


extinguishing controller
MXC-DIGI Plug-in Scantronic Minicom
Communicator and mounting kit.
MXCE Zone End of Line Unit (Pk 8)
MXCE Spare Key (2 off)
Housing Extension (Metal)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 55

MXCE Extinguishing Controller

Operates with Tyco 600 Series Conventional Detectors


All zones support Tyco 2-wire sounders
T550 supports up to 3 x T563 or T564 remote Status
Indicators
Uniquely supports plug-in Central Station communicator
within the panel unit
Designed to comply with BS7273 and EN54 pts 2 & 4
Can be installed to meet the requirements of BS5839
pt1
MXCE LED display replaces T530 filaments - reduces
associated maintenance and time costs
Aesthetically pleasing design - 332W x 240H x 100Dmm

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels

Prescient II Extinguishing Controller

Features
Suitable for gaseous extinguishing & pre-action
water sprinkling systems/Designed to BS7273 Part 1
Monitored actuator/solenoid release
Comprehensive relay signalling facilities
Easily removable chassis/Single or Double knock
operation/Intrinsically Safe Barrier Settings.
Adjustable pre-discharge delay/Variable discharge
configuration
Membrane facia with tactile switches
Complies with EMC and LVD Directives
1 minute actuator cut off position/Zone isolate features
1st and 2nd Stage Relay Facilities/Metron or Solenoid
compatible/Gas Discharge & Reset Relay Facilities
Option for inhibit silence alarms when gas is imminent
Option for rapid buzzer pulse when gas is imminent

Prescient II (Conventional Extinguishing Controllers)


The prescient range of extinguishant panels is a powerful
yet user-friendly series of control panels. They are
designed and manufactured to a high standard and provide
unrivaled value for money by offering a highly featured
panel at a lower market price.
Each panel in this series has extensive configuration
options but remains simple to install, program and
operate as reported by satisfied installation engineers and
critical end-users.
A comprehensive range of technically detailed, support
documentation relating to commission-ing, operating,
maintenance and fault finding is easily available if required.
In addition, a complete range of compatible accessories is
available to support the series and satisfy most customer
requirements. The prescient range of extinguishing panels
is available in two variants - either as a gaseous
extinguishant panel or a pre-action water sprinkler panel.
Steel parts are finished in a hard-wearing epoxy paint.
Three fully - monitored detection zones are provided. Zones
1 and 2 normally provide first stage and second stage fire
conditions to allow extinguishant discharge (double-knock
zones). Zone 3 is an auxiliary zone for detection only
purposes. Zone 4 is used as a manual release zone.

1A, operate simultaneously upon extinguishant release.


The panel can be operated in either automatic mode or
manual mode. In the manual mode, the detection circuits
will continue to operate, giving first stage alarms and
signals to ancillary equipment, but will not automatically
actuate the extinguishing systems. This mode can only be
overridden by the operation of a manual release unit. On
operation of the manual release, a separate or different
sounder could be activated. In the automatic mode,
following a double knock situation, the release facility will
be activated at the end of the delay time period.
The panel provides a 0.25 A output at 28V DC to operate
interior/ exterior status indicator units. Additional outputs
are also provided for timer held and emergency abort
operated, each rated at 100mA.
Eight normally - open inputs provide for remote evacuate,
silence alarms, system reset, lock-off input, low pressure
input, gas discharged pressure switch input, timer hold
and emergency abort. Clean contact relays are provided
for first stage signalling, second stage signalling, system
reset, common fire, common fault and system discharged.
Please note that in contrast to the T530, the stand alone
abort button feature is not compatible with this panel.
Panels are boxed complete with three-sticker sets allowing
user selection and application on site.

Two fully monitored alarm circuits are provided, each rated


at 1A and may have various configuration options via the
engineers DIL switch settings.
Two fully monitored actuator/solenoid circuits, each rated at

Technical Specification
Panel Dimensions
Height: 370mm
Width: 325mm
Depth: 130mm

Product Codes
Prescient II Gaseous Extinguishing Panel
2500/930
Prescient gaseous extinguishing panel 2 extinguishing zones, programmable
coincidence, 1 manual release zone, 1
peripheral zone; space for 7 Ah battery
set (2 x 12V).
Prescient Pre-Action Water Sprinkler Extinguishing Panel
2500/045
Prescient pre-action water sprinkler
extinguishing panel - 2 extinguishing
zones, programmable coincidence, 1
manual release zone, 1 peripheral zone;
space for 7Ah battery set (2 x 12v)
Extinguishing System Extras
2500/119
Status indicator; maximum load - 8 per
panel.
Page 56

2500/120

2500/051
2500/052
2501/025
2501/028

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Status indicator complete with manual


release, auto/manual keyswitch, remote
abort and timer hold; maximum load - 3
per panel.
Weatherproof 3 way status indicator;
maximum load - 1 per panel.
Weatherproof 3 way status indicator with
key switch; maximum load - 1 per panel.
Manual release unit.
Weatherproof manual release unit (IP65).

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


Extinguishing Panel Ancilliaries
T564 Extinguishing System Status Indicator and Mode Select Switch
A four way status indicator and
mode select keyswitch for use with
extinguishing controllers. In addition
to the indications provided on the
T563, the T564 has a mode select
keyswitch and LED indicator to
identify which units initiated the
manual mode.

Product Code
508.030.504
MXCE T564 Indicator Status Unit
with ModeSelect Switch

Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix


T510
T564
T563
S1700
Yes
No
No
NTR100
No
Yes
Yes
MXCE
No
Yes
Yes

T563 Extinguishing System Status Indicator


A three way status Indicator for
use with extinguishing controllers
which provides indication of
automatic/manual mode and gas
released. The T563 provides the
following features:-

Clear Visual Indications


Modern Design to compliment all
Interiors
LED Visual Indicators
Compatible with standard UK
single gang
electrical back boxes

Technical Specification
Input Power Supply: 24 Vdc nominal
Current Consumption: 30mA per
LED
Dimensions: 86 x 86mm
Product Code
508.030.503
MXCE T563 Indicator Status Unit

T510 Changeover Keyswitch


The T510 is a manual keyswitch
operated unit for use on
extinguishing systems. The unit
allows manual changeover between
MAIN and RESERVE cylinder banks
and includes an OFF position that
disables the operation of the
solenoids. The T510 also provides a
fault relay, which monitors the
solenoid and solenoid wiring. The
T510 is provided with 2 keys.

Technical Specification
Input power supply: 24Vdc nominal
Current consumption:Standby 50mA Fault - 15mA Release 65mA
(excluding solenoid)
Fault relay: Changeover contact
1A@30V d.c.
Solenoids: Switched positive for
24V
Dimensions: 196H x 196W x
90Dmm
Weight:
2 Kg
Operating Temp:
-10 to +55oC
Humidity:
up to 95% RH
noncondensing

EMC/RFI:
CE marked
Product Code
526.001.016.T
T510 Extinguishing - Main To
Reserve Changeover Unit - Thorn
branded
Datasheet - Product Code PSF30
T530 Fire Detection & Extinguishing
Systems Control Unit Manual - 18A04-D1 Fire Detection Manual

Extinguishing Door Interlock Ancillaries & T500 Series Spares


A microswitch lock keep can be
used with a deadlock to provide a
signal to the T525 mode select unit
or direct to the panel to ensure that
the extinguishing system is only put
into Automatic mode when the door
is locked shut.

Product Codes
527.001.028
Micro-switch Lock Keep & Backplate For Deadlock
527.001.003
Top Hat Frangible Insert (Spare)
527.001.013
Frangible Washers (Spare)
599.001.012
Lamp 28V 60mA Used On T525

Datasheet - Product Code PSF30


T530 Fire Detection & Extinguishing
Systems Control Unit
Manual - 18A-04-D1 Fire Detection
Manual
Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix
E1

E3

I3

I4

S1700

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

NTR100

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

MXCE

No

No

No

No

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 57

Extinguishing Controller Ancillaries

The T564 provides the following


features: Clear Visual Indications
Modern design to compliment
all Interiors
LED Visual Indicators
Removable mode select key to
provide
functional security
Compatible with standard UK
double gang
electrical back boxes

Technical Specification
Input Power
Supply:
24Vdc
nominal
Current
Consumption:
30mA
per LED
Dimensions: 86W x 146Hmm

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


T561 Electrical Manual Release Unit

Extinguishing Controller Ancillaries

A stand alone manual extinguishant


release unit with selectable activation
and end of line resistors making the
T561 compatible with MXCE,
Prescient, System 1700 and NTR
Extinguishing Panels.

Product Code
509.030.117
T561 Extinguishing
Release Manual
Callpoint.

Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix


T526

T529

T528

T561

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

NTR100 Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

MXCE

Yes

Yes

Yes

S1700

Yes

T526 HOLD & T529 ABORT Switch Unit


The T526 and T529 are large
mushroom head robust push
buttons for use on any extinguishing
release system, although integral
resistors are fitted to suit T520, T530
and NTR panels. The switch is
double pole for maximum reliability.
These switches can be surface or
flush mounted using standard UK
style single gang electrical back
boxes.
Operation will vary according to the
panel used. Typically on the T520
and T530 release of gas is held for
as long as the T526 HOLD switch is
depressed. If the switch remains
depressed for more than 4 minutes
in the quiescent mode then a fault
condition is raised. The T529 ABORT
switch will typically revert the system
back to Manual mode.

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
71H x 71W x
64D (max) mm
Weight:
100g
Environmental:
Designed for
indoor use

Product Codes
526.001.019
T526 Extinguishing Release Hold
Button Unit - Unbranded
526.001.020
T529 Extinguishing Abort Button Unit
- Unbranded
Datasheet - Product Code PSF30
T530 Fire Detection & Extinguishing
Systems Control Unit Manual - 18A04-D1 Fire Detection Manual

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
71H x 71W x
64D (max) mm
Weight:
100g
Environmental:
IP54

Product Codes
526.001.018
T528 Mechanical Manual
Extinguishing Release Unit Unbranded
527.001.013
Spare Frangible Washers (Pack of
25)
Datasheet - Product Code PSF30
T530 Fire Detection & Extinguishing
Systems Control Unit
Manual - 18A-04-D1 Fire Detection

T528 Mechanical Manual Release Unit


These manual release units provide
a robust module with a hinged flap
retained by frangible washers which
ensures that there is an audit trail
following a manual release.
The T528 provides access to a pull
handle which can be connected to
the release levers on the gas
containers using wire rope.

Weatherproof Extinguishing Indicator Units


E1 Single Red lamp unit
Single 24V d.c. red lamp labelled
'Extinguishing System Operated'

E3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit


Heavy Duty IP67 Cast Aluminium
Surface Mount Lamp Unit Three
24Vdc lamps:
Red labelled 'Extinguishing System
Operated'

Product Code
540.007.001
E1 Single Red lamp unit
Heavy Duty IP67 Cast Aluminium
Surface Mount Lamp Unit
Amber labelled 'Extinguishing
System Automatic Control'
Green labelled 'Extinguishing System
Manual Control'

I3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit


Sealed IP67 ABS Surface Mount
Lamp Unit
Three 24V d.c. lamps:
Red labelled 'Gas Released'
Amber labelled 'Auto'
Technical Specification Dimensions:
Green labelled 'Manual'
H(mm)
W(mm)
D(mm)
E1
100
100
115
E3
300
100
115
I3
230
75
75
I4
230
75
75

Page 58

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Code
540.007.002
E3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit
599.001.029
Spare Bulb for E1/E3 24V-5W

Product Codes
540.007.007
I4 lamp unit as I3 including
auto/manual keyswitch
540.007.006
I3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


Conventional Marine Panels
The range of T1000 panels are state-of-the-art intelligent fire panels, which provide many of the features normally
only found on more expensive analogue addressable panels.

Features

T1000 Marine Fire Controller


The panels are supplied in 8 and 16 zone versions. Each
detection zone can support up to 32 conventional
detectors. The user interface is provided through a
combination of LEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display.

zones in alarm, fault or isolate status. The display also


indicates the outputs that have been activated.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF96 T1000 Intelligent Control
Panels

The LCD display provides a full customer definable text


display of the alarm or fault condition whilst also displaying

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Supply:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Operating Temp:
Operating Humidity:

508.022.035

320H x 430W x 150D mm


6.3kg
198 -264Va.c.
50mA @ 24Vdc
1Amp @ 24Vdc
0 to +40C
0-90% RH non-condensing

508.022.036
508.022.037

Optional Product Codes


The following product codes include all
the optional extras which can be
included as part of your customer's
requirements. Additional spare parts are
also included.
509.022.001
NT100 Series Spare Commissioning Kit
Included With All Panels
509.022.003
NT100 4 Way Expansion Board - Support
NTX-02,03,04 Expansion Boards
509.022.004
NT100 16 Way Relay Output Board
(24Vdc@1A) Requires NTX-01 Expansion
Board
509.022.005
NT100 16 Way Digital Output Driver
Board - Requires NTX-01 Expansion
Board

T1008 8 zone marine NT conventional


fire Controller
T1016 16 zone marine NT conventional
fire Controller
T1016R repeater for use with T1008 &
T1016

509.022.010
Spare PSU For T1000
509.022.013
NT Flush Mount Bezel
509.022.015
T1000 Display PCB Spare
509.022.016
T1000 CPU board V1.9 spare
509.022.024
T1000R CPU board V1.9R spare
509.022.018
Class B EMC Modification Kit

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 59

T1000 Marine Panel

Developed for Vessels with less than 300 Detectors


Approved by all Major Marine Authorities
Customer friendly, multi language information on LCD
display/One common fault relay
Comprehensive fault diagnostics
8 and 16 zone Panels
Can be used with a wide range of Minerva Marine
approved Detectors
4 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A
4 monitored Relay outputs
3 programmable auxiliary inputs
3 levels of alarm discriminations per zone
Programmable cause and effect
Can interface to intrinsically safe System 601

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels

Precept Marine Panel

Features

Lloyds approved to BS5839 part 4, ENV 1 and ENV 2


2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 zone variants
230V/24V dual supply options
A one-man test facility
User-friendly controls
Easily-removable chassis
Membrane facia with tactile switches
Removable cable-entry grommets
Zonal and relay outputs
Non-latching zone 1 feature
Selectable pulsed/continuous sounder outputs
For use with Marine Approved accessories
Complies with EMC and LVD Directives

Precept Marine Fire Controller


This marine approved range is designed and manufactured
to a high standard and approved by Lloyds Register to
BS5839 part 4 and to Marine ENV1 & ENV2.
Each panel in this series offers extensive configuration
options, in combination with simplicity of panel installation,
programming and operation. This is supported by
comprehensive documentation relating to commissioning,
operation, maintenance and fault identification.
The precept marine panel is supplied in 2, 4, 8,16 or 32zone formats. Panels are housed in well-designed
enclosures with partially glazed doors. Steel parts are
finished in durable epoxy paint. The motherboard and
display electronics are fixed to a detachable chassis, thus
facilitating a completely empty enclosure for first fix
installation. The motherboard is microprocessor-based and
includes all of the panels electronics.

Top-entry plastic grommets, bottom-rear entry plastic


grommets (for mains) and rear-entry knockouts are
designed to assist with cable termination. All panels are
designed for use with marine-approved detectors.
All zones are monitored for both open and short circuit fault
conditions. To enable compliance with BS5839 part 1,
active end of line terminators are provided to enable
detector removal to be monitored, whilst maintaining fire
response from the remaining detectors. Two alarm circuits
are provided as standard, monitored for both open and
short circuit faults.
Two changeover relay contacts operate on any fire
condition and latch until reset. One non-latching
changeover relay contact operates on any fault condition.
Zero volt open collector outputs are provided for zonal fire
conditions and common fault. Three normally open inputs
provide for remote evacuate, silence alarms and reset
control.

Product Codes
Precept Marine 230V Panel
2500/774
Precept Marine 2 zone control
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2.
Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x
12V)
2500/775
Precept Marine 4 zone control
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2.
Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x
12V)
2500/776
Precept Marine 8 zone control
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1& 2.
Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x
12V)
2500/777
Precept Marine 16 zone control
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2.
Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x
12V)
2500/778
Precept Marine 32 zone control
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2.
Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x
12V)

Precept Marine 24V Panel


2500/755
Precept Marine 2 zone control panel Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2 . Uses
ships own primary & secondary 24V DC
supplies. Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A. battery
set (2 x12V)
2500/756
Precept Marine 4 zone control panel Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2. Uses
ships own primary & secondary 24V DC
supplies. Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A battery
set (2 x 12V).
2500/757
Precept Marine 8 zone control panel Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2. Uses
ships own primary & secondary 24V DC
supplies. Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery
set (2 x 12V).
2500/758
Precept Marine 16 zone control panel Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2. Uses
ships own primary & secondary 24V DC
supplies. Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery
set (2 x 12V).
2500/759
Precept Marine 32 zone control panel Lloyds approved to ENV 1& 2. Uses
ships own primary & secondary 24V DC
supplies.

Panel Dimensions
Size

Page 60

2-4 zones

8-zones

16 zones

32 zones

Height

310mm

370mm

445mm

445mm

Width

290mm

326mm

405mm

810mm

Depth

106mm

106mm

109mm

109mm

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


T680 Marine Power Change Over Unit
The T680 power changeover unit derives power for the
T880 and T881 control panels. The unit takes primary
power from the ship's AC supply and provides a standby
supply from the ship's 24Vdc system i.e. the unit does not
charge any internal batteries. The T680 unit provides a
smooth changeover from primary to secondary supply and
vice-versa.

It signals main and standby supply failure signals to the


T88x control equipment. It also incorporates a dimming
circuit for the lamps of the controller.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Operating temp:
Storage temp:
Humidity:
Mains Supply:

508.013.016
509.013.026

T680 Marine Change Over Unit

-25C to +70C
-25C to +70C
95% RH non-condensing
120/240Va.c. 20%
at 50/60Hz
Standby Supply:
24Vdc (must not exceed
32Vdc)
The T680 unit is normally mounted onto a bulkhead using
the H frame bracket. A bezel for 19" rack mounting is
available. The housing has two removable gland plates
(top and bottom) for cable access.
Housing is zinc plated 1.6mm thick mild steel to BS 1706
ZN3.
Finish is zinc plated and painted to P.S. 121.121.022.
Dimensions:
267H x 398W x 150D mm
Ingress Protection:
IP53
Weight:
17Kg (with bracket)
13.5Kg (without bracket)

The interface to the control panel is made with a six core


connection. The unit is approved by a variety of marine
authorities.

T680 Power changeover unit


T680 Spares kit

Manual - UHM3 Marine Fire Manual

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 61

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


Batteries, PSU and Door Release Units

Sealed Lead Acid Batteries

Extensive range of sealed lead acid (SLA) batteries utilising a robust sealed construction.

Product Codes
PS-610
PS-1230
PS-1270
PS-630
PS-1212
PS-12650
PS-12380
PS-6100
PS-12170
PS-612
PS-12240
PS-1242
PS-12120
PS-1219
PS-640

Product Codes
PS-610

PS-1230

PS-1270

PS-630

PS-1212

Page 62

Voltage (V)
6
12
12
6
12
12
12
6
12
6
12
12
12
12
6

Ah at
20h rate
1.0
3.0
7.0
3.0
1.2
65.0
38.0
10.0
17.0
1.3
24.0
4.5
12.0
1.9
4.5

6 Volt 1.0 Ampere


hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 3.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 7.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
6 Volt 3.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 1.2 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery

Length
51
134
151
134
97
348
197
151
181
97
166
90
151
178
70

PS-12650

PS-12380

PS-6100

PS-12170

PS-612

Dimensions (mm)
Width
42
67
65
34
42
167
165
51
76
24
177
70
98
34
47

12 Volt 65.0 Ampere


hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 38.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
6 Volt 10.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 17.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
6 Volt 1.3 Ampere
hour rechargable
sealed lead acid
battery

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Height
51
60
94
60
51
178
170
94
167
51
125
101
94
60
102

PS-12240

PS-1242

PS-12120

PS-1219

PS-640

Height including
Terminals
56
66
98
65
54
178
170
98
167
56
125
105
100
68
108

12 Volt 24.0 Ampere


hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 4.5 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 12.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
12 Volt 1.9 Ampere
hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid
battery
6 Volt 4.5 Ampere
hour rechargable
sealed lead acid
battery.

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


Door Release Equipment
Door Release Magnet
Door Release Magnet Set 240Va.c.

Product Code
518.004.004

High quality door release magnet sets complete with


keeper plate.
Technical Specification

Product Code
518.004.005

24Vdc

Dimensions:

100H x 100W x 64D mm

Weight:

0.51Kg

Holding Force:

18Kg

240Vac

IP Rating:

IP40

Temp:

-10C to +55C

Current:

60mA

Door Release Equipment

Door Release Magnet Set 24Vdc

Power Supply:

25mA

Door Release Units


Product Code
40-103
Door release unit 24Vdc with keeper
plate

Product Code
40-105
Floor mounting brackets for
40-103/104

Product Code
40-104
Door release unit
240Va.c. with keeper
plate

Technical Specification - Door Release Units


40-103
40-104
Dimensions:
85H x 85W x 46D mm
Armature Dims:
Dia 72mm x 21mm deep
Voltage:
24Vdc
240Va.c.
Hold Force:
17Kg
20Kg
Current:
60mA
20mA
Residual Magnetism: 5%
5%

Door Release Power Supply


The Transformer Rectifier is a dual
purpose, smoothed power supply
providing either an energised or deenergised output upon activation.
The output may be activated by
utilising a set of volt free contacts
from a fire or security panel, or by
providing a 12/24Vdc trigger voltage
from other apparatus. The
transformer rectifier units are
normally used to control the
operation of other 24Vdc equipment

such as the magnetic door retainers.


The units are ideal for applications
where the supply is to be energised
from a remote source.

Product Code
558.004.008
TRR-243 3A Door Release PSU

Technical Specification
Input:
240Vac
Output:
24Vdc
3A
Dimensions:
200H x 255W x
100Dmm

Door Release Button


Door Release Button supplied with
surface mount backbox for manual
release of door magnets or DRUs.

Product Code
519.001.008
Door Release button

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 63

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels


General Power Supply Units
Datasheet - Product Code PSF25 C2400 Series Power Supply Unit
Manual - FSSD-4.1.4.1 Fire Detection Manual

C Range Chargers and Housings

C Range Chargers
The C2400 series power supply
equipment provides primary and
secondary power for fire alarm
systems. The power supply consists
of an AC supply operated charger, a
stand-by sealed lead-acid battery
and an attractive housing. Under
normal conditions, the charger
provides all the system power and
maintains the battery in the charged
condition. When the AC supply fails,
the stand-by battery takes over.

Features
A range of chargers and housings
to suit different system
configurations
May be used with both
conventional and analogue
addressable fire systems
Large aluminium heatsink
eliminates need for unsightly
ventilation grills
Temperature compensated output
ensures correct charging voltage
at all times
Automatic protection for shortcircuit conditions is designed to
prevent damage
Optional voltmeter and ammeter

Technical Specification
o
o
Operating Temp:
-20 C to+55 C
o
o
Storage Temp.:
-20 C to+70 C
Relative Humidity:
95% RH noncondensing
Output Voltage:
27Vdc

Technical Specification
Type D: 420H x 436W x 210D mm
Holds charger and up to 2
x 38Ah sealed batteries at
24Vdc

Product Codes
558.004.013
Housing Type D complete with
meters
558.004.014
Housing Type D without meters

Technical Specification
Type C: 290H x 416W x 160D mm
Holds charger and up to 2
x 12Ah sealed batteries at
24Vdc

Product Codes
558.004.015
Housing Type C complete with
meters
558.004.016
Housing Type C without meters

Product Code
558.004.006
C Range charger 24V 4 Amp

Housing Type D
The housing can be supplied with an
ammeter and voltmeter if required.
An AC supply on indicator is fitted.

Housing Type C
The housing can be supplied with an
ammeter and voltmeter if required.
An AC supply on indicator is fitted.

Page 64

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors


MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors
The 800 Series are addressable multi-sensor fire, smoke and heat detectors, which can be implemented as several
MX VIRTUAL detectors by the MX detection panel.

Over 20 Fire Detection modes


Tyco MX FASTLOGIC Expert Algorithms
MX HPO detection algorithms
Tyco CO fire detection technology
Up to 250 detectors per loop
Optional bi-directional line isolation with every detector
Remote detector verification & temperature read-out
Highly featured MX SERVICE tool
Programmable Alarm LED with 360 viewing angle
Optional detector locking pin
Variety of sounder and relay detector bases
Address flag stays with the base
Internationally approved

801 and 811 Series Detectors


The 801 and 811 Series are designed and approved to
EN54, the 801 Series carry land based approvals and the
811 Series also carry Marine approvals.
The 812 Series are designed and approved to UL
specifications and the 814 Series to Australian SSL
specifications.
The 800 Series of MX VIRTUAL detectors provide the latest
fire detection technology in an attractive cost effective
package.
Installation & Service Features
The 800 Series MX VIRTUAL detectors include a host of
installation and service features which are provided to
reduce installation and service costs and reduce repair
times.
Standard bases with multiple mounting options
speed and simplify installation
Unique park position for commissioning and service
procedures.
Detector Addressing programmed from the MX
SERVICE Tool or MX Panel
Address flag fixed to the base to prevent mix ups
during service
Compatible with Tyco 600 and 900 Series bases for
easy upgrade
Panel Auto-Config and Self learn functions supported
by the detectors
Detector Service functions allow 800 Series detectors to
be automatically addressed
Full range of remote installation and service tools
Dirty Detector Read-out can be viewed on the MX
SERVICE tool or panel.
Serial Number and Manufacturing data is also available
from the MX SERVICE tool.

The detectors are constructed from hardwearing Fire


Resistant FR110 plastic.
The multi-sensor detectors are environmentally friendly.
They use no radioactive parts and can be returned to the
factory for recycling at the end of their life.
All 800 Series detectors are supplied with integral dust
covers as part of the packaging. Dust covers are retained
throughout installation and removed at commissioning
time.
Unique design of the 801PH optical chamber provides
immunity to thrips and other small insects without the need
for metal gauze.

Construction & Technical Specification


The 800 Series detectors are supplied in an extremely
robust and reliable fully sealed construction, which has All
undergone stringent environmental and Marine type
testing. Electrical contacts are moulded into the plastic to
eliminate any movement.
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 65

MX Addressable Detectors

Features

Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors


Technical Specification
Dimensions:
Weight:
Power Consumption:
Loop voltage:

MX Addressable Detectors

LED:
Material:
Temp. Measurement:

Operating Temp.:
Storage Temp.:
Relative Humidity:
Shock/Vibration/Impact:
Corrosion:
EMC/RFI:
Outputs:

Dia 109mm /43H mm


(54mm with standard base)
0.124kg (Detector only)
0.192kg (Detector/Std Base)
150A (Quiescent)
2 to 5mA (Alarm)
Min. 20.0V/Max. 37.5V
(MX Digital)
Single red LED (function
programmable)
Body, cover and base
FR110 BAYBLEND Fire
Resistant
Accuracy +/-0.25C
Resolution 2C

Internal memory:

See specific detector


See specific detector
<95% non-condensing
EN54:pt.7
EN54:pt.5 and En54:pt.7
EC Directive 89/336/EC
Remote indicator & control
output for relay and sounder bases
Total 128 bytes / 32 bytes
for service information
including:
- Detector dirty level
- Date of manufacture
- Date of commissioning
- Address

Detection Modes
All 800 Series detectors communicate to the MX detection
panel using the fast reliable MX DIGITAL loop protocol. This
allows each detector to operate in one or two of several
detection modes, thus allowing it to be easily optimised to the
risk. To meet detection applications with multiple risks the
800PH and 800CH detectors allow two detection modes to
operate simultaneously.
Virtual Detectors
The use of virtual detection means that installations can
change the detection mode without any physical change,
taking place. Not only can the detection be changed at the

time of installation and commissioning but also during the life


of the building as building usage changes.
Some MX detection panels even allow the detection mode to
be changed at different times of the day or automatically as
occupancy and activity in the space changes.
As well as providing great flexibility, using only two detector
models means whole life costs are reduced by reducing
manufacturing, stocking and service stocks. This also reduces
the number of times detectors have to be changed during the
life of the installation.

800PH Multi-Sensor Smoke and Heat Detectors


The 800PH is a state-of-the-art
smoke and heat detector which
allows a full set of detection modes
to be implemented in the MX
detection panel to suit most smoke
and heat detection applications.
The 800PH incorporates a unique
mousehole design optical chamber
with an unrivalled signal to noise
ratio providing high resilience to dust
and dirt which means reduced
service costs. In addition a unique
chamber cover actually draws slow
moving smoke into the chamber to

Product Code
Branding
801PH
811PH

ADT
516.800.500.A

provide a more responsive detector.


The unique design provides
immunity to small insects and thrips
without the need for a separate thirp
filter.
The 800PH provides all the features
of MX VIRTUAL detectors including
self verification, temperature and
smoke level indication and unrivalled
service functions.

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
109dia x 43H
mm
Operating Temp.:
-20 to +70oC
Storage Temp.:
-40 to +80oC
Relative Humidity:
95% (non
condensing)
Standards:
EN54 pt 5,
EN54 pt 7

801PH
Optical
Yes*
Enhanced Optical (HPO) Yes*
Normal Ambient ROR
A1R
Fixed Heat
A2S 60oC
Certification
LPCB/VdS
* Approved with MX Fastlogic algorithms

THORN
516.800.500.T
516.800.507

WORMALD
516.800.500.W

ZETTLER
562.000

TYCO
516.800.500.Y

800F Flame Detectors


The 800F is a digital addressable,
low cost infrared flame detector with
some high end features such as
Solar Blind operation for false alarm
free reliability and an automatic
health check feature. Will detect a
0.1m2 flaming fire at a range of 20m.
Uses the standard MX detector
bases and MX base accessories. An
Intrinsically safe version is available
as part of the System 800 I.S. range.

Page 66

Technical Specification
Dimensions (mm): 108 x 21.2
Weight:
74g
Operation Temp:
-20C to
+70C
Storage Temperature: -40C to
+80C
Relative Humidity:
90% RH
continuous (non-condensing)
Range: 0.1m2n-heptane at 50m
Field of View:100
Standards EN54 pt10 Certification

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

811PH
Yes*
Yes*
A1R
A2S 60oC
Marine

Product Codes
516.800.006
801F
LPCB
516.800.007
811F
Marine

Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors


800CH Multi-Sensor Carbon Monoxide Fire Detectors
temperature detection.
The 800CH provides all the features
of MX VIRTUAL detectors including
self verification, temperature and CO
level indication and unrivalled
service functions.
Technical Specification
Dimensions:
109dia x 43H
mm
Operating Temp.:
0 to +55oC
Storage Temp.:
-20 to +55oC
Relative Humidity:
95% (non
condensing)
Standards:
EN54 pt 5
EN54 pt 7

Product Codes
801CH
516.800.501A
516.800.501T
516.800.501W
562.001
516.800.501Y

ADT
THORN
WORMALD
ZETTLER
TYCO

811CH
516.800.508T

THORN

Carbon Monoxide
Enhanced CO (CCO)
Normal Ambient ROR
Fixed Heat
CCO plus ROR (A1R)
Certification

801CH
Yes
Yes
A1R
A2S 60oC
Yes
LPCB

811CH
Yes
Yes
A1R
A2S 60oC
Yes
Marine

800H Heat Detectors


The 800H is a flexible cost-effective
addressable heat detector with all
the features of MX VIRTUAL
detectors. The 800H returns the
temperature to the MX detection
panel which allows various detection
modes to be implemented. The 800H
uses a high quality thermistor with
very low thermal mass. This allows
the detectors to provide fast accurate
temperature detection as well as
heat detection.

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
109dia x 43H
mm
Operating temp.:
-25 to +70C
(-40 to +90C
for short
periods)
Storage temp.:
-40 to +80C
Standards:
EN54:pt.5

Product Codes
801H
516.800.502.A
516.800.502.T
516.800.502.W
562.002
516.800.502.Y
811H
516.800.509

High Ambient ROR


Normal Ambient ROR
Fixed Heat
Certification

801H
CR
A1R
A2S 60C
LPCB/VdS

ADT
THORN
WORMALD
ZETTLER
TYCO
THORN
811H
CR
A1R
A2S 60C
Marine

800I Ionisation Smoke Sensors


The 800I ionisation detectors are
offered for old specifications which
still call for ionisation smoke
detectors. The 800CH and 800PH
detectors offer improved
performance, significantly lower false
alarms and environmental
compatibility for smoke detection
applications. The 800I nevertheless
offers state-of-the-art ionisation
smoke detection with self verification,
smoke level indication and threshold
compensation for detector condition
monitoring. The 801I is LPCB
approved.

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
109dia x 43H
mm
Operating Temp.:
-20 to +70C
Storage Temp.:
-40 to +80C
Relative Humidity:
<95% (non
condensing)
Standards:
EN54 pt 7

Product Codes
801I
516.800.515.A
516.800.515.T
516.800.515.W
562.003
516.800.515.Y

ADT
THORN
Wormald
ZETTLER
TYCO

Line Shorting Adaptor


Low profile line shorting adaptor
commissioning tool (shorts terminals
together enabling cable resistance
checks to be carried out) - ADT
Branded

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Codes
517.050.002.A
Line Shorting Adapter
562.004
Zettler Brand

Page 67

MX Addressable Detectors

The 800CH is a state-of-the-art


carbon monoxide and heat detector
which allows a full set of detection
modes to be implemented in the MX
detection panel to suit most fire and
heat detection applications. The
800CH is particularly well suited to
sleeping risks, storage areas and
applications where smoke detector
positioning is difficult or where
smoke detectors are prone to false
alarm.
The integration of heat detection into
the 800CH allows the detector to
operate in a wide variety of
applications where combined risks
mean that CO detection alone would
be insufficient.
The 800CH incorporates a reliable
electro-chemical CO detection cell
and high specification low thermal
mass thermistor for accurate

Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors

801PC Multi-Sensor

Features
Combined optical, heat and carbon monoxide detector
Operate simultaneously as a fire and CO toxic gas
detector
Early detection of all fire types from smouldering to fast
flaming
Minerva Expert algorithms use elements for positive
false alarm detection
Optical, CO and Heat can operate independently for
sequential alarm systems and CO toxic gas alert
All 3 elements are independently monitored for faults
Universal mode for maximum fire protection
Resilient mode for false free operation in challenging
environments
Use with standard or loop powered sounder base for
reduced installation costs

801PC Multi-Sensor Smoke, Heat and Carbon Monoxide Detector


The 801PC detector is a combined optical, carbon
monoxide and heat detector for use with MX Technology
controllers. The 801PC can be used in combination with
other MX Technology detectors with a maximum total of
250 detectors connected to a single 2 wire MXDigital loop.
Single-Mode and Multi-Mode Operation
Each individual 801PC detector will be operating in either
single-mode or multi-mode. This will be set at the time of
commissioning for each 801PC detector dependant on the
application.
Single-Mode
As a single mode detector the 801PC uses a single
address. All the user control features currently applicable
to other detectors can also be used with 801PC. This
includes the ability to switch between modes, either
automatically or manually.
Multi-Mode
As a multi-mode device the 801PC takes three addresses
form the available 1000 per MX/ZX panel. The choice of
modes used in multi-point will depend on the application.
As far as the user is concerned, each address is an
individual detector with its own attributes and settings. The
user can also switch between modes for each of the
addresses used.

Heat Sensing Element


High quality thermistor with very low thermal mass for
added responsiveness.
Optical Chamber
The optical chamber has many advanced features that
improve performance and reliability.
High intensity, short pulse width infrared light source for
heightened responsiveness.
Optical feedback will verify the total optical path on every
poll of the detector.
Precision optics eliminate nuisance from small insects
such as thrips, without the need for a filter.
Carbon Monoxide Cell
High efficiency electro-chemical CO detection cell
Cell integrity is continuously monitored
Increased cell capacity for durability
Cell is electronically calibrated for IS07240.6 fire
applications or EN50291 toxic gas applications

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Mechanical
Detector Material
Weight
Colour

FR110 "Bayblend" Fire resistant


0.2Kg detector and base (approx)
White

516.800.800
516.800.800.A
516.800.800.Y

Environmental
Operating Temp.
Storage Temp.
Relative Humidity

Range -10oC to +55oC


-20oC to +55oC
90% non condensing
801PC

Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
Mode 5
Mode 6
Certification

Page 68

Universal multi-criteria sensor


false alarm immunity multi-criteria
A1R
Enhanced Optical
Enhanced CO
CO Toxic Gas
LPCB \ VdS

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

801PC Unbranded
801PC ADT branded
801PC Tyco branded

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Type

800PH

800I

Fire Loading

Electronic Equipment

Electrical Switchgear

800PH

Aspirated

Chemicals

Machinery
800I
800H
S271f+

Aspirated

800F

800PH

800CH

800H

800PH

800CH

S271f+

800F

800H

800I

800CH

800PH

800CH

800PH

Type

800H

800I

800CH

Bold text indicates most likely detector/mode to meet users requirements.

Building Materials
Unknown Contents

800CH

Plastics

Solid Fuels

Wooden Structures
800PH

800PH

Animal Fodder

800CH

S271f+

General Organic Waste

S271f+

Unstable Chemicals

800F

800I

800CH

Foodstuffs

800I

800F

Flammable Gasses

800CH

Paints

Solvents

800PH

Flammable Liquids

Wood Shavings etc

Animal Bedding

Plastic Foams

800PH

800PH

Paper, Cardboard

800CH

Soft Furnishings

800I

800PH

Type

Loading Bay/
Warehouse with
Diesel, Forklifts etc
Heavy Industrial
Ferry (Car Deck)

800F

800PH

800CH

800H

800PH

800CH

800F

S271f+

800H

800CH

800PH

800CH

Type

Livestock Pen
Mill, Laundry
Changing Room

Dirty - Smoky During Dusty and/or


the Day
Humid

Point Detector Selection Chart


Benign
Moderately Clean
Regulated
Temperature
Offices
Light Industrial
Hospitals
Residential
Passenger
Cabin

Fabrics, Clothes

Cable Conduit

Aspirated

Clean Room
Data Processing Suite

For Example

Electric Motors

Very Clean
and Dry

800H

800CH

800H

800CH

800F

S271f+

800H

800CH

800CH

800PH

Type

Kitchen
Engine Room
Test Beds

Hot and Smoky


When in Use

S271f+

800F

800CH

S271f+

800F

800CH

S271f+

800F

Beam

800CH

S271f+

800F

Type

Atrium
Theatre
Hanger
Oil Rigs
Turbine Hall

Open Areas

MX Addressable Detectors

Environment

Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors


Detector & Mode Selection & Design Charts
Detector Selection Chart

This chart is designed to assist with the selection of the best detector for the risk.
1. First select the environment
2. Next select the fire loading or risk being protected.
The corresponding square shows the best suited (bold) and other suitable detectors for the application.

Page 69

Page 70

E = Temperature enhanced
E+H = Temperature enhanced and heat detector together
H = Heat only part of combined detector
X = Callpoint protection alone

Electric Motors

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

CO

ION

Paints

Solvents

Flammable Gasses

(N)

(N)

(N)

CO
ION

(N)

E+H(N) (N)

(H)

Optical

Machinery
Building Materials

Unknown Contents

CO

Chemicals

Plastics

Solid Fuels

Wooden Structures

ION

E(H)

(N)

E(N)

Night

(L)#

(L)#

Day

Mode

Optical

CO

Type

Heat

(H)
A1R

(N)
A1R

Flame

Ion
Heat

E+H(H)E+H(N) Optical

Aspirated*

Ion
Heat

E+H(H)E+H(N)CO

E(N)

A1R

(N)

FLAME

HEAT

(L)# CO

A1R

(L)*

(N)
A1R

E(N)

E(N)

A1R

(L)*
A1R

(L)#

(L)#

A2S

Flame

Optical

CO

Heat

(L)#

(N)

Day

CO

Optical

Type

(N)

E(N)

A2S

(L)#

(N)

A1R

CO

HEAT

CO

(L)#

(N)

A2S

Flame *

Heat

CO

(L)# Heat

(N)

A2S

A1R

E(N)

A1R

E(N)

A1R

Flame

Beam*

CO

Flame

Type

CR

(H)

CR

Beam*

Flame

CO

Flame

(H)

Day

E+H(H)E+H(H)

E+H(H) E+H(H)

(H)

Night

Mode

Atrium
Theatre
Hanger
Oil Rigs
Turbine Hall

Open Areas

(H) CO

CR

E+H(N) H

(N)

E+H(N)

Night Day

Mode

Kitchen
Engine Room
Test Beds

Hot and Smoky


When in Use

E+H(N)E+H(L)# FLAME

E(L)#

(N)

Night

Mode

Livestock Pen
Mill, Laundry
Changing Room

Optical E+H(N) (L)# Optical

CO

HEAT

Aspirated* E+H(H)E+H(N)Optical E+H(H)E+H(N) CO

Optical E+H(N) (N)

(H)

E+H(H) E+H(N) CO

CO

(H)

E+H(H)E+H(H)Flame

Foodstuffs

Animal Fodder

Optical

CO

Optical

Type

Loading Bay/
Warehouse with
Diesel, Forklifts etc
Heavy Industrial
Ferry (Car Deck)

Dirty - Smoky During Dusty and/or


the Day
Humid

E+H(H)E+H(H)Optical E+H(H) E+H(N) FLAME* E+H(N)E+H(L)* CO

E(H)

E(N)

(H)

(N)

General Organic Waste

Unstable Chemicals

Flame

Optical

Flammable Liquids

Wood Shavings etc

Animal Bedding

Plastic Foams

Paper, Cardboard

CO

Ion

Optical

(H)

Fabrics, Clothes

(H)

Soft Furnishings

Cable Conduit

Optical

Ion

Electrical Switchgear

E(H)

Benign
Moderately Clean
Regulated
Temperature
Clean Room
Offices
Data Processing Suite Light Industrial
Hospitals
Residential
Passenger
Cabin
Mode
Mode
Type
Type
Night Day
Night Day

Very Clean
and Dry

Electronic Equipment Aspirated* E+H(H) E(H) Optical

Fire Loading

For Example

Environment

Point Detector Mode Selection Chart

MX Addressable Detectors
Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors
Detector Mode Selection Chart
This chart is designed to assist with the selection of the best detector mode to be implemented during system configuration.
Once the most suitable detector has been selected (see detector selection chart on previous page) this chart can be used to find
the best detection mode for occupied (day) and unoccupied (night) applications.

Bold text indicates most likely detector/mode to meet users


requirements.
Letters in brackets represent recommended sensitivity settings.
*Not available as part of 800 range.
#Not LPCB approved

Table is for guidelines only and specific situations are likely to require variations on the suggested detector types. Real situations may require detector combinations to
cover all likely risks.
Night and Day columns represent low false alarm risk and high false alarm risk, although this usually follows a day/night pattern, it may be configured for any time. For
example the car deck of a ferry would be configured for Day during vehicle loading and Night once all the passengers had left the car deck, thus achieving optimum
protection for that area.
If fastlogic operation is selected for optical detectors, the same table applies. The chief difference being a higher resistance to false alarms, and slower response to
aerosol test gas.

Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional Detectors


Series 600 Conventional Detectors
Series 600 is a range of low profile conventional fire detectors. These unobtrusively styled detectors have a number
of unique design features to improve their operation, installation and ease of servicing

Unique early detection enhanced CO fire detector


Intelligent Universal HPO Smoke Detector
Low profile, discreet and unobtrusive
Superior performance and reliability
Attractive new design
Designed for fast, easy installation
Integral and remote alarm LED
Series of Product Approvals

Series 600 Conventional Detectors


Through innovative design the Series 600 detectors have
reduced the installation and servicing time to a minimum,
needing only one visit to complete the installation and
having a park position for the detector to ease the
servicing.
The Series 600 includes the unique enhanced Carbon
Monoxide CO fire detector, which provides a general
purpose fire detector with unprecedented early detection
capability and excellent false alarm immunity. The CO fire
detectors are the first choice for sleeping risks.
Also included within the range is the intelligent high
performance optical smoke (HPO) detector.

The HPO can be seen as a truly universal smoke detector,


suitable for most applications.
The Series 600 low profile detectors can be custom made
in several colours, please contact the Walthamstow office
for details.
Approvals:VdS
UL
ULC
SSL
Marine

The use of the patented optical sensing chamber, together


with refined signal processing, has enabled the
introduction of a smoke detector suitable for fast, reliable
smoke detection of both slow and fast developing fires.

Body
LPCB
Marine

Optical
601P
601P-M

Ionisation
601I
-

HPO
601PH
601PH-M

R of R Heat
601H-R
601H-R-M

FT
601H-F
601H-F-M

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

CO
601CH
601CH-M

FLAME
601F
601F-M

Page 71

Conventional Detectors

Features

Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional Detectors

Conventional Detectors

High Performance Optical Smoke


These detectors react to the whole
range of fire products from slow
smouldering fires, producing visible
particles to open flaming fires
producing large numbers of very hot
smaller sized aerosols. It combines
optical and heat detector technology
to detect clear burning fire products
which hitherto could only be easily
detected by ion-chamber detectors.
For normal ambient conditions, the
high performance optical detector
behaves as a normal optical detector.
Only when a rapid rise in temperature
is detected does the sensitivity of the

detector increase and the presence


of smoke will confirm a fire condition.
The HPO will not operate on a rate of
rise of temperature alone.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF123
Manual - Vol01C-02-D2 Detectors
Fire Manual

Product Codes
516.600.002.A
Approval
Branded
LPCB
ADT
516.600.002.T
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Thorn
516.600.002.Y
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Tyco
516.600.202
Tyco

Model
601PH
Model
601PH
Model
601PH
601PH-M

Enhanced Carbon Monoxide Fire


The CO fire detector is a unique
general purpose fire detector which
provides very early warning of slow
smouldering fires. Ideal for sleeping
risks the CO fire detector is also well
suited to many applications where
heat detection is insufficient but
smoke detection causes false alarms.
As CO travels more freely than smoke
the position of CO fire detectors is
more flexible.

This feature is particularly useful in


large complex structures such as atria
and warehouses, where position of
smoke detectors is difficult.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF123
Manual - Vol01C-02-D3 Detectors
Fire Manual

Product Codes
516.600.004.A
Approval
Branded
LPCB
ADT
516.600.004.T
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Thorn
516.600.004.Y
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Tyco
516.600.204
Approval
Branded
Tyco

Model
601CH
Model
601CH
Model
601CH
Model
601CH-M

Optical Smoke
These detectors are capable of
detecting the visible smoke produced
by materials which smoulder or burn
slowly, i.e. soft furnishings, plastic
foam etc;. or 'smoke' produced by
overheated but unburnt PVC. These
detectors are particularly suitable for
general applications and areas where
cable overheating may occur e.g.
electrical services areas. The novel
design of the asymmetrical sampling
chamber and signal processing
techniques stop unwanted alarms
caused by very small insects. i.e.
thrips. Smoke entering the sampling

chamber scatters the infra-red light


pulses onto a photo-diode. These
pulses are converted to an electrical
signal which is compared against a
preset alarm level.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF123
Manual - Vol01C-02-D6 Detectors
Fire Manual

Product Codes
516.600.001A
Approval
Branded
LPCB
ADT
516.600.001.T
Approval
Branded
LPCB
516.600.001.Y
Approval
LPCB
516.600.201
Approval
-

Model
601P
Model

Thorn

601P

Branded
Tyco

Model
601P

Branded
Tyco

Model
601P-M

Heat
These detectors use two networked
thermistors in a bridge configuration
to provide a fast response, that
depends both on absolute
temperature and notes the change of
temperature. The rate of rise/fixed
temperature heat detectors can be
used in areas where smoke sensors
are unsuitable due to environmental
conditions (smoke, dust etc,). Such
areas include kitchens, locker rooms,
canteens, garages, loading bays etc.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF123
Manual - Vol01C-02-D5 Detectors
Fire Manual

Page 72

Rate of Rise
Product Codes
516.600.003.A
Approval
Branded
Model
LPCB
ADT
601H-R
516.600.003.T
Approval
Branded
Model
LPCB
Thorn
601H-R
516.600.003.Y
Approval
Branded
Model
LPCB
Tyco
601H-R
516.600.203
Approval
Branded
Model
Tyco
601H-R-M

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Fixed Temperature 60C


Product Codes
516.600.013.A
Approval
Branded
LPCB
ADT
516.600.013.T
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Thorn
516.600.013.Y
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Tyco
516.600.213
Approval
Branded
Tyco

Model
601H-F
Model
601H-F
Model
601H-F
Model
601H-F-M

Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional Detectors


Ion Chamber Smoke
This is then compared against an
alarm level.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF123
Manual - Vol01C-02-D4 Detectors
Fire Manual

Product Codes
516.600.005.A
Approval
Branded
LPCB
ADT
516.600.005.T
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Thorn
516.600.005.Y
Approval
Branded
LPCB
Tyco

Model
601I
Model
601I
Model
601I

Solar Blind Infra Red Flame Detector


Flame detectors, unlike smoke and
heat detectors, do not rely on
convection to transport the fire
product to the detector, nor do they
rely on a ceiling to trap the products.
They can therefore, be used to
protect large open areas without
sacrificing speed of response to
flaming fires. In order to ensure full
coverage, however, flame detectors
do require direct line of sight to all
parts of the protected area.
Infra-red flame detectors such as the
601F are designed to respond

rapidly to fires which involve cleanburning fuels such as alcohol or


methane, ie fires which would not be
detected by smoke detectors. The
601F Flame detector, by virtue of its
operating wavelength and flicker
discrimination, is insensitive to
normal environmental influences. For
outdoor use, a solar-blind detector
(e.g. the S200Plus) should be used.
The 601F flame detector should,
normally, only be used inside
buildings to supplement heat and
smoke detectors.

Product Codes
516.600.006
601F
516.600.007
601 F-M Marine

Technical Specification
Operating Voltage: up to 24V d.c.
Quiescent Current: zero
Alarm Current:
Limited by
internal 220
ohm or 50 ohm
resistor
Dimensions:
82mm dia x
41mm
Weight:
73gm
Material:
Cycolac ABS
Operating temp. range: -20oC to
+100oC
Relative Humidity:
up to 100% RH
(NonCondensing)
Alarm Temp:
H6XX:
60oC
H9XX:
90oC

Product Codes
517.001.130
DHM8 (including 2 x 20mm glands)
516.014.019
H602 60oC Fixed temp. Grade 1
(Integral LED Ind.)
516.014.020
H902 90oC Fixed temp. Grade 1
(Integral LED Ind.)

Datasheet - Product Code PSF132


Manual - Vol01C-02-D7 Detectors
Fire Manual

H Series Heat Detectors


The H600 and H900 range of fixed
temperature heat detectors are
designed to operate at 60oC and
90oC respectively. They are
particularly suited to areas where
rapid changes in temperature and/or
high ambient temperatures exist,
together with unsuitable
environmental conditions for smoke
detectors. This makes the detectors
ideally suited for galleys, laundries
etc.
Features
Approved by Marine classification
authorities
Two wire supervised circuit
Draws no quiescent current
Self re-setting
Grade 3 to European Standard
EN54 Part 5 1977

Datasheet - Product Code PSF108 H


Series Fixed Temperature Detectors

Tyco Detector Identification Card


A convenient pocket sized Quick
reference card designed to aid the
identification of Tyco Detectors.

Product Code
AM2801/000
ID Card
Note: Cards must be ordered in
multiples of 100.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 73

Conventional Detectors

These detectors react to the visible


and invisible fire aerosols (products
of combustion) and are therefore
capable of detecting the early
presence of hot smouldering and
flaming fires, such as wood, paper
etc.
They are particularly suitable for
general applications in all areas and
use a dual ionisation chamber in
which the air is ionised by a single
radioactive source (33k Bq
Americium 241). The presence of
smoke in the sampling chamber
causes a change in the balance
voltage, between the two chambers.

Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional Detectors


Series 600 Detector Specifications
Typical Dimensions of Smoke/Heat/Co Detector

43

Conventional Detectors

109

Typical Dimensions of Flame Detector

21.2

108

Technical Specification - Series 600


601
Weight
100g
Material

601PH/P/601PH-M/601P-M
93g

601H-R/601H-F/601H-R-M/601H-F-M
80g
FR 110 Bayblend

601CH/601CH-M
90g

601F/601F-M
74g

-20 to +70C*

-10 to +55C

-20 to +70C

Operating Temp.

-20 to +70C

-20 to +70C

Storage Temp.

-40 to +80C

-25 to +80C

-25 to +80C

-20 to +55C

-40 to + 80C

65A
45mA
10.5 - 33 Vdc

95% Non-Condensing
65A
52mA
10.5 - 33 Vdc

87A
53mA
10.5 - 33 Vdc

300A
42mA
18-28Vdc

Relative Humidity
Quiescent Current(typ)
62A
Alarm Current(typ)
54mA
Operating Voltage
10.5 - 33 Vdc
*Short Term (<3min) -40 to +120C

Page 74

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 75

Flaming Fire
(Rapid Build-Up of
dense smoke)
High Temp. Fumes
Associated
Explosion Dangers

Smouldering
(Difficult to locate toxic fumes)
Likelihood of
Flashover (Back draught)

Probable Risk
Cable Pyrolosis
(Toxic Fumes)
Electrical Arcs
(Ignition Source)
Associated Electrical
Dangers

ASPIRATED
601PH
601CH
601P
601I

601F/601FEx
601I
601PH
601P

ASPIRATED
601P
601PH
601I

Clean Room
Data
Processing
Suite

For Example

Foodstuffs
General Organic Waste Smoke and Flame
Animal Fodder
Initially fairly slow
but high temps Wooden Structures
once established
Solid Fuels
Plastic, Chemicals
Type of fire risk
Machinery
may vary as can
the type of fire
Building Materials
(May require a mix
Unknown Contents
of detection types)

Paints
Solvents
Flammable Gasses
Unstable Chemicals

Animal Bedding
Wood Shavings etc
Flammable Liquids

Paper, Cardboard
Plastic Foams

Fabrics, Clothes
Soft Furnishings

Electric Motors
Cable Conduit

Electrical Switchgear

Fire Loading
Electronic Equipment

Very Clean
and Dry

Environment

601PH
601CH
601I
601H-R
601F/601FEx

601PH
601P
601CH
601I

601F/601FEx
601I
601PH
601P

601CH
601PH
601P

601P
601PH
601I

Benign
Moderately Clean
Regulated
Temperature
Offices
Light Industrial
Hospitals
Residential
Passenger
Accommodation

B
Dusty and/or
Humid

601P
601CH
601I
601F/601FEx
601H-R

601PH
601CH
601H-R

601F/601FEx
601I

601CH
601P

601P

601CH
601P
601F/601FEx

601CH
601P
601H-R

601F/601FEx

601CH
601P

Loading Bay/
Livestock Pen
Warehouse with
Mill, Laundry
Diesel, Forklifts etc. Changing Room
Heavy Industrial
Ferry (Car Deck)

Dirty - Smoky

601H-R
601CH

601H-R
601CH

601F/601FEx
601H-R

601CH

Kitchen
Engine Room
Engine Test Beds

Hot and
Smoky

601F/601FEx
601CH
BEAM

601CH
601F/601FEx

601F/601FEx

601CH(H)
BEAM

601F/601FEx
BEAM

Atrium
Theatre
Hanger
Oil Rigs
Turbine Hall

Open Areas

Conventional Detector Selection Chart

Point Detector Selection Chart

Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional Detectors

Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories


Detector Bases & Accessories

Detector Bases and Accessories

A complete range of matching bases and accessories to complement the Low Profile Detector Range; including
standard bases, isolator bases.

Features

Optional short circuit isolator in each base


Optional relay bases
Loop powered sounder bases
Remote indication LEDs
Standard and stainless steel duct probes
Optional conduit entry backboxes
Protective wire cages

Detector Bases and Ancillaries


The 800 and 600 Series of low profile detectors provides
a comprehensive range of highly effective and
aesthetically pleasing fire, smoke and heat detectors with
worldwide approvals.
The unique design and leading edge technology of the
detectors goes beyond the detection technology itself.
The range of detector bases is designed to make low
profile detector installations cost effective, aesthetically
pleasing and easy to install and maintain thus minimising
disruption.

Page 76

The detector bases include standard universal bases,


which have no integral electronics, thus making them low
cost and low maintenance. Alternatively, a range of
functional bases incorporates sounders, relays and line
isolators to provide a cost effective method of adding
functions and flexibility to the fire detection installation.
Duct probe units are specially designed to enable optimum
performance even at low air velocity and are also available
in stainless steel.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories


Standard Universal Bases
The standard universal detector bases are compatible with new 800 Series MX detectors as well as the Series 600 low
profile detectors. The standard bases have no electronics and even when the detectors are connected to the bases, they
can be electrically disconnected and left in a park position. This enables wiring integrity tests to take place without any
damage to electronics. When used with 800 Series MX VIRTUAL detectors the address flag automatically transfers to the
base, thus the address label remains with the base even if the detector is changed or replaced. An optional, tool
removable locking pin allows the detector to be fixed in place to prevent tampering.

This is the most commonly used


base for MX applications. It is fully
EN54 and Vds approved for use with
the MX detector range and can also
be used for the Minerva M900
addressable and Series 600
conventional ranges of detectors.
If used it will require a separately
supplied tool to remove a detector
from the base. Optional address
label flags are automatically
transferred from detector to base
when the detector is inserted.
Following detector removal flags are
retained in the base to provide a
permanent address indicator.

Features
Drive a remote indicator
Detector locking pin with every
base
Temporary Park position
The 5 Universal Detector Base
accepts an address label flag
from the Detector when used with
MX Detector Ranges
Fit directly to a British or
European conduit box or directly
onto the ceiling.
Break-outs for surface installation

Product Codes
517.050.017
5B 5 Universal Base LPCB
517.050.019
5B-UL 5 Universal Base UL
517.050.605
6 Adaptor for 5B-UL Base
572.048
5B 5 Universal Base VdS

5BD-5 Inch Conventional Diode Continuity Base


The 5BD Continuity Base is a
standard 5 inch base fitted with a
continuity diode, for use with all
M600 Lo-Pro and Series 600
detectors. The base is designed to
ensure that conventional systems
meet the requirements of BS5839
Pt:1 for callpoints placed after
detectors. The 5BD works with XL,
NT, System 1700.

Features
Compatible with M600 Lo-Pro and
Series 600 Low Profile Detector
Range
Designed for two wire operation
Facility to drive a remote indicator
A breakout locking key is
provided as an integral part of
each base, which can be fitted to
lock the detector into position.
A temporary park position is
provided so that the field wiring
can be tested with the detector in
situ.
Maybe fitted directly to a British
or European conduit box or
directly onto the ceiling

Product Code
517.050.600
5 BD 5 Conventional Diode
Continuity Base for LPCB approved
detectors

Features
. All of the mechanical features of
the 5B 5 Universal detector
base.
. Provides upstream and
downstream isolation as
appropriate
. LED indication of isolation in
operation

Product Codes
517.050.018
5BI 5 Isolator Base LPCB
572.049
5BI 5 Isolator Base VdS

5BI-5 MX Isolator Base


The 5BI isolator base incorporates all
the features of the 5B but it is used
exclusively with digital addressable
MX Technology detection loops.
They allow any or all detectors to be
upgraded to incorporate bidirectional short circuit isolation.
Used with every detector, they will
ensure that no detector is lost in the
event of an open or short circuit loop
fault. A built in amber LED indicates
when isolation has been activated.
Isolation will automatically reset
when the fault is removed.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 77

Standard Detector Bases

5B-5 Universal Detector Base

Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories


Functional Detector Bases

Functional Detector Bases

The range of standard bases is supplimented by this selection of sounder bases, relay bases and accessories,
including loop powered sounder base for use on MX technology controllers.

Functional Detector Bases


Functional detector bases use a common moulding which
incorporates a double side circuit board which enables
electrical connections to be made on the top and bottom of
the functional base. This allows the functional bases to be
retrofitted into new and existing universal bases or
alternatively the depth and cost of the installed detector
can be reduced by using the functional base instead of the
universal base.

When functional bases are fitted to universal bases, they


automatically lock into position. Removal is then achieved
using the detector removal tool. This feature ensures that
the detector and functional bases are removed separately.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF101 M600/900 Low Profile Detector
Bases
Manual - Vol01B-03-D2 Detectors Fire Manual

This feature enables additional line isolators and sounders


to be easily added during commissioning. In addition,
changes to the building during its life can be easily
adapted to, by retrofitting sounders and relay outputs to
existing detection points.
Tyco MKII Sounder Base
A new low current range of sounder
bases for use with Conventional and
Addressable Fire Alarm Control
Panels.
Features
Manufactured to EN54 part 3
Integral sounder and detector
base
Volume and tone adjustable after
installation
Low Power Synchronisation
Do not require use of a standard
base (maybe installed directly
onto a standard besa box)

Product Codes
577.001.035
601SB Conventional Sounder Base
577.001.037
601SBD Conventional Diode Sounder
Base
577.001.036
602SB 2 Wire Line Powered Sounder
Base
577.001.038
602SBD 2 Wire Line Powered Diode
Sounder Base
516.800.911
901SB Universal Sounder Base

516.800.910 (572.050 Europe)


802SB MX Loop Powered Sounder
Base
516.800.913
812SB MX Loop Powered UL
Sounder Base
516.800.913
912SB Universal UL Sounder Base
517.050.022
Volume Pot Spare Cover (1 sheet of
144)
Please See Following Applications
Table for Further Details

Tyco MKII Sounder Cap


A plastic cap which fits onto the
601SB/601SBD/602SB/602SBD
Sounder Base to enable these
bases to operate as a sounder
without fitting a detector.

Product Codes
557.001.040.A
Mark II Sounder Cap (ADT Branded)
557.001.040.Y
Mark II Sounder Cap (Tyco Branded)

MC600 & 600RBA Functional Relay Base


The 600 Series relay base provides
dual relay contacts for signalling
external devices on conventional
detection systems. Very low
operating current even when the
relay is energised, enable the relay
base to be used without additional
power. The relay contacts operate
when the detector enters the alarm
condition.
Features
Dual pole 24Vdc relay contact
(60VA)
Status indicator LED
Low power consumption (<20A
except start up)
Latching operation

Page 78

Can be used instead of a


standard base
Requires diode fitting if used in
place of an M600D diode base.
Not compatible with System 1600
or T880 panels
Technical Specification
Operating Temp.:
-25C to +70C
Humidity:
Up to 95% RH
(noncondensing)
Vibration:
Exceeds
requirements of
EN54-3,
Marine & UL268

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Codes
568.001.018
MC600 Relay base (BS5839)
515590
600 RBA Relay base (UL - Grinnell)

Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories


SAM 800 Sounder Addressable Module
The SAM 800 Sounder Addressable
Module is an MX addressable device
which may be fitted to the 801SB,
802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB
Sounder Bases to enable the MX
Control Panel to communicate with
and control these sounder bases,
without the need for a detector
effectively turning the 801SB, 802SB,

812SB, 901SB and 912SB into an


addressable loop powered sounder.
The SAM 800 is suitable for wall or
ceiling mounting. Sound selection
and tones will be as per the 801SB,
802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB.

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.800.954
572.051
SAM 800 Sounder Addressable
Module (compatible with Version 2.1
and above)

The SAB Sounder Addressable


Beacon is an MX Addressable
Beacon that fits into the Standard
Minerva Universal Base. Alternatively
the SAB may be fitted to the 801SB,
802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB
Sounder Bases to enable the MX
Control Panel to communicate with
and control these sounder bases
and also provide a Flashing Beacon
effectively turning the 801SB, 802SB,
812SB, 901SB and 912SB into a
combined addressable loop
powered sounder and beacon.

The SAB is suitable for wall or ceiling


mounting. Sound selection and
tones will be as per the 801SB,
802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB.

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.800.953
572.052
SAB 800 Sounder Addressable
Beacon (compatible with Version 2.1
and above)
516.800.956
SAB 801 Low Power Sounder
Addressable Beacon (Compatable
with Consys Version 8.1 and above)

Features
Dual pole 24V DC relay contacts
(60VA)
Very low power consumption
(<20A except startup)

Product Code
UK
516.800.905
801RB Relay base

801RB - Functional Relay Base


The 801RB provides dual relay
contacts for signalling external
devices on MX addressable systems.
A very low operating current even
when the relay is energised enables
the relay base to be used without
any additional power. The dual
contacts are under the control of a
programmable output, through the
powerful cause and effect software.

EUROPE
572.028

801SB - Loop Powered Addressable Sounder Base MK1


The 801SB sounder base operates
will all 800 series MX VIRTUAL
detectors. A unique design single
point sound source is used to
provide complete audio coverage
without obtrusive holes in the
moulding. The 801 SB is controlled
by the powerful event action of the
MX fire detection panel. This allows
the 801SB to sound when its own
detector is in alarm or as a zonal
sounder. The number of 801SB per
loop depends on the volume and
loop power available.

Features
3 selectable tones (slow, fast and
continuous)
3 volume settings (90,80 and
70dB effective)
single point sound source
Standard MINERVA frequency
complies to prEN:pt.3
Loop current consumption at full
volume - 15mA
24V Current consumption at full
volume - 25mA (for lower power

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.800.907
572.029
801SB Loop Powered Adjustable
Sounder Base MK1

version, refer to Tyco


MKII Sounder base)

Volume Adjustment Tool


A simple Volume Adjustment Tool,
specific to the task of sounder
volume selection on the variablevolume range of Tyco MKII Sounder
Bases.

Sounder volume can be easily varied


between the maximum 90dBA and
minimum 68dBA-volume settings,
using this simple, functional tool.

Product Code
517.050.015
Volume Adjustment Tool

Note: Sounder Bases are supplied


with the volume pre-set to maximum
volume.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 79

Functional Detector Bases

SAB 800/SAB 801 Sounder Addressable Beacon

Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories


Detector Ancillaries
Features

Detector Address Flags

Provides clear identification of address


Colour coded
Flag remains on base

800 Series MX Address Flag


The 800 Series detectors incorporate a feature, which
automatically transfers the address flag to the detector
base, when the detector is plugged into the base. On
removal of the detector the address flag remains on the
ceiling, thus ensuring that detectors are not accidentally
returned to the wrong detector base following service
routines.

Most MX detection panels incorporate additional fail safe


software features to ensure that incorrect detector
positioning does not compromise the system.
Address flags are supplied in packs of 100.
Labels are provided on sheets of 250 in four colours to
enable quick identification between different loops.

Product Codes
516.800.915
516.800.931
516.800.932
516.800.933
516.800.934

MX Address flags (pack of 100)


Address flag labels Loop A - White
Address flag labels Loop B - Yellow
Address flag labels Loop C - Purple
Address flag labels Loop D - Green

516.800.935
516.800.936
516.800.937
516.800.938

Address
Address
Address
Address

flag
flag
flag
flag

labels
labels
labels
labels

Loop
Loop
Loop
Loop

E - Grey
F - Blue
G - Orange
H - Red

Tyco MKII Sounder Base Range Identification Card


A convenient pocket sized quick reference card
designed to aid the identification of the Tyco MKII Sounder
Base Range.

This concise card provides a simple, effective reference


key for rapid identification of sounder base type during the
initial visual system analysis and needs assessment.

Product Codes
517.050.016

ID Card

Note: Cards must be ordered in multiples of 100.

Page 80

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories


801RIL - Remote Indication LED
All detector bases have the ability to
drive a remote LED in the event that
the installed position of the detector
is not easily visible. The 801RIL is
primarily designed for LPCB
influenced markets but is compatible
with all 800 Series detectors.

Features
UK Single gang mounting
High intensity red LED

Product Code
516.800.908
801RIL remote indication LED

Detector Accessories

800HL - Indication Lamp


The 800HL remote indicator lamp
provides a larger indicator for use in
place of the RIL when longer
distances are involved or in VdS
influenced markets. Typically used to
indicate the source of an alarm in
buildings with long corridors eg.
Hotels, hospitals, apartments.

Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.800.909
572.000
800HL indication lamp

800EM - Euro Mounting


The euro-mounting base provides a
matching back box, which allows the
standard MUB, and 801IB to be
ceiling mounted with conduit entries
for standard 18 and 21mm conduit.

Features
2 x 18mm conduit entries
2 x 21mm conduit entries
Fits all 5 Bases
Fitted with terminal, if more are
required use optional accessory
kit

Product Codes
517.050.604
EM5B mounting base
517.050.612
Base Accessory terminal kit
(pack of 10)

with 1 terminal. If more are required,


use the optional base accessory kit.

Product Codes
517.050.603
Deckhead mounting
517.050.612
Base accessory terminal kit
(pack of 10)

DHM-5B - Deck Head Mounting


Where the detectors are mounted in
humid and environmentally
challenging situations such as
marine or offshore installations, the
DHM 5B deck head mount provides
a sealed waterproof mounting which
protects the base electrical
connections. Can be screwed, bolted
or welded to the deckhead. Supplied

Features
4 x 20mm gland entries
Fits ALL 5 bases
IP55 with supplied gasket

Protective Detector Cage


Robust steel protective cage for
Series 600 and Series 800 detector
ranges using the 5 bases. Ideal for
schools and sporthalls or whenever
detectors need protection.

Product Code
517.050.614
CW-5B Detector Cage

Strong coated steel construction with


4 point fitting.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 81

Page 82

912SB UNIVERSAL UL SOUNDER BASE

602SB 2 WIRE LINE POWERED SOUNDER BASE

602SBD 2 WIRE LINE POWERED DIODE SOUNDER BASE

802SB MX LOW POWERED SOUNDER BASE

812SB LOOP POWERED UL SOUNDER BASE

516.800.911

516.800.912

577.001.036

577.001.038

516.800.910

516.800.913

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

602SB 2 WIRE LINE POWERED SOUNDER BASE

602SBD 2 WIRE LINE POWERED DIODE SOUNDER BASE

802SB MX LOW POWERED SOUNDER BASE

812SB LOOP POWERED UL SOUNDER BASE

516.800.912

577.001.036

577.001.038

516.800.910

516.800.913

1.2mA

1.2mA

1.2mA

1.2mA

24Vdc

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

YES

6.8mA

6.8mA

6.8mA

6.8mA

6.8mA

6.8mA

CURRENT CONSUMPTION AT
90 dBA (MAXIMUM VOLUME)

LOOP

LOOP

DETECTION CIRCUIT

DETECTION CIRCUIT

24Vdc

NO
NO

601SB CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE

601SBD CONVENTIONAL DIODE SOUNDER BASE

901SB UNIVERSAL SOUNDER BASE

912SB UNIVERSAL UL SOUNDER BASE

602SB 2 WIRE LINE POWERED SOUNDER BASE

602SBD 2 WIRE LINE POWERED DIODE SOUNDER BASE

802SB MX LOW POWERED SOUNDER BASE

812SB LOOP POWERED UL SOUNDER BASE

577.001.035

577.001.037

516.800.911

516.800.912

577.001.036

577.001.038

516.800.910

516.800.913

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

912SB UNIVERSAL UL SOUNDER BASE

516.800.911

1.2mA
1.2mA

24Vdc
24Vdc

WHITE

WHITE

YELLOW

YELLOW

BLUE

BLUE

GREEN

GREEN

PARK CLIP
COLOUR

YES

YES

MARCH TIME BEEP(26)

21mA

21mA

CURRENT CONSUMPTION AT
100dBA (FIXED VOLUME)

DETECTOR REQUIRED
TO OPERATE

DUTCH SLOW TEMPORAL 4 SLOW SWEEP (3) MARCH TIME BEEP(25)


SWEEP (7)

901SB UNIVERSAL SOUNDER BASE

577.001.037

CURRENT CONSUMPTION AT
68 dBA (MINIMUM VOLUME)

MX ONLY

MX ONLY

MXC ONLY

MXC ONLY

MINERVA ADDRESSABLE/MX

MINERVA ADDRESSABLE/MX

CONVENTIONAL ONLY

POWERED FROM

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

601SB CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE

601SBD CONVENTIONAL DIODE SOUNDER BASE

577.001.035

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

901SB UNIVERSAL SOUNDER BASE

577.001.037

CONVENTIONAL ONLY

601SB CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE

601SBD CONVENTIONAL DIODE SOUNDER BASE

577.001.035

CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

Sounder Base Compatibility Chart


.

Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories

MKII Sounder Base Application Table

912SB UNIVERSAL UL SOUNDER BASE

602SB 2 WIRE LINE POWERED SOUNDER BASE

602SBD 2 WIRE LINE POWERED DIODE SOUNDER BASE

802SB MX LOW POWERED SOUNDER BASE

812SB LOOP POWERED UL SOUNDER BASE

516.800.911

516.800.912

577.001.036

577.001.038

516.800.910

516.800.913

(2) (3) (7) (9) (11) (14) (25) (26) = ROSHNI TONE NUMBER

901SB UNIVERSAL SOUNDER BASE

577.001.037

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

601SB CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE

601SBD CONVENTIONAL DIODE SOUNDER BASE

577.001.035

FAST
SWEEP (2)

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

TEMPORAL 3 ALTERNATING 2(11) ALTERNATING 2 (9) CONTINUOUS(14)

YES

YES

CONTINUOUS

Sounder Base Compatibility Chart

PART NO. DESCRIPTION

Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories

MKII Sounder Base Application Table

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 83

Chapter 7 - Duct Probe Air Sampling


Duct Probe Air Sampling

Duct Probe Units

Where smoke within duct work needs to be detected these duct probe units provide an economical solution, for use
with 600 and 800 series detectors. Where demanding environmental conditions exist, a stainless steel version is
available.

MP/SMP Duct Probe Units


The MP/SMP Duct Probe Units are designed to be installed in air
conditioning supply and exhaust ducts for the purpose of monitoring the
airflow for smoke and combustion products.
The MP69 and SMP69 probe units are designed to accept and operate
with the series 600 and 800 detectors. For general applications it is
recommended that photoelectric smoke detectors rather than ionisation
smoke detectors are used.
The SMP stainless steel probe unit is designed to withstand the more
demanding environments of the offshore oil and gas industries.
The units are designed to operate in airspeeds of 1.5 to 25 metres per
second. A range of sampling tubes from 525mm to 1575mm is available
Warning
Duct probe units sited in the common duct work
to several extract grills may fail to respond to
smoke from any one extract due to the effect of
dilution. The MP/SMP units will not respond to
airflow of less than 1.5m/sec.

Height
Width
Length
Weight

MP69
90mm
145mm
220mm
0.58Kg

Technical Specification
Operating temperature:
-20C to +70C
Storage temperature:
-25C to +80C
Relative Humidity:
0 to 95%
MP69
"Bayblend" housing with
transparent polycarbonate
cover
SMP69
Stainless steel 316 housing
with transparent
polycarbonate cover

SMP69
90mm
150mm
225mm
1.2Kg

MP69 Duct Probe Air Sampling


Product Codes
517.025.036
MP69 Duct Probe unit and base for
Series 600/800 Detectors
517.001.035
DP450 Probe Tube and exhaust
517.001.036
DP600 Probe Tube 600mm and
exhaust
517.001.037
DP750 Probe Tube 750mm and
exhaust

517.001.038
DP900 Probe Tube 900mm and
exhaust
517.001.039
DP1200 Probe Tube 1200mm and
exhaust
517.001.040
DP1500 Probe Tube 1500mm and
exhaust

Datasheet - Product Code PSF91


MP69 Duct Probe Unit

517.025.030
DPS750 Probe tube stainless steel
750mm and exhaust
517.025.031
DPS900 Probe tube stainless steel
900mm and exhaust
517.025.033
DPS1500 Probe tube stainless steel
1500mm and exhaust

Datasheet - Product Code PSF92


SMP69 Duct Probe Unit
Manual - Vol01B-06-D1 Detectors
Fire Manual

Manual - Vol01B-06-D1 Detectors


Fire Manual

SMP69 Duct Probe Air Sampling - Stainless Steel


Product Codes
517.025.035
SMP69 Stainless Steel Duct Probe
unit and universal detector base for
Series 600/800 Detectors.
517.025.028
DPS450 Probe tube stainless steel
and exhaust
517.025.029
DPS600 Probe tube stainless steel
600mm and exhaust

Page 84

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection


VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Vesda aspirating smoke detection provides a high sensitivity method for detection of fires at a very early stage - it is
ideal for computer rooms and other high risk and high value areas. The range of products ranges from the
Laserfocus for small risks up to the LaserPlus range of networkable 4 pipe panels.

Laser Based Absolute Smoke Detection


Very Early Warning of a Potential Fire Incident
Wide Sensitivity Range (0.025%-20% obs/m)
(0.008 - 6.4% obs/ft)
Detection Capabilities for smaller critical areas up to
500m
Dual Stage Dust Filtration
Programmable Alarm Thresholds
Reliable Air Flow Monitoring
Easy User Interaction
AutoLearn Smoke & Flow
Pre-engineerred Pipe Designs

Vesda LaserFOCUS Aspirating Smoke Detection


Incorporating detection methodology derived from its
VESDA predecessors - the LaserPLUS, LaserSCANNER
and LaserCOMPACT - the VESDA LaserFOCUS multiple
point air sampling technology works by utilising a highly
effective aspirator that continually draws air into its laser
detection chamber via a pipe network.

Accurate assessment of the air sample using calibrated


detection and long detector life expectancy, are assured
with patented dual stage filtration process that both
eliminates background noise and preserves the optical
integrity of the laser technology with its clean air bleed.
The result of which is an unchallenged detection process
able to provide reliable and consistent very early warning
smoke detection performance across a diverse range of
applications.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Supply Voltage:
Current Consumption:

516.018.020

Dimensions:
Weight:
IP Rating:
Operating Temp:
Sampled Air:
Humidity:

18 to 30 Vdc
220mA quiescent
295 mA alarm
255H x 185W x90Dmm
2 kg
IP30
0C to 40C
0C to 40C
5% to 95% (non condensing)

516.018.021
516.018.022
516.018.023
516.018.024

VLF-250 Vesda Laserfocus


(with English overlay)
VLF-250 Vesda Laserfocus
(with European overlay)
VIC-010 LaserFocus Vesda
Network Card
VLF-500 Vesda Laserfocus
(with English overlay)
VLF-500 Vesda Laserfocus
(with European overlay)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 85

Vesda Laser Focus

Features

Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection

Vesda LaserCompact

Features

Reduced size
Absolute smoke detection
Wide sensitivity range
Single pipe inlet
Simple display
Referencing
VESDAnet communication (VN)
Dual stage dust filter
Three alarm levels
Configurable relays
Air flow monitoring
Optional remote display and relay capability
Simple mounting design
AutoLearnTM

VESDA LaserCOMPACTTM and VLC 800 MX Laser Compact


The LaserCOMPACT and VLC800 MX Laser compact
detector has been specifically designed to provide all the
benefits of aspirating smoke detection, including very early
warning, in single small areas and where space is a
premium.
This has been achieved through the combination of
approved LaserPLUS detection technology, dual stage
filtration technology and a modified aspirator design
incorporated in a smaller enclosure with simplified display.

LaserCOMPACT is available in two versions, one that


interfaces via relays only (RO) or across either the relays or
VESDAnetTM (VN).
The VLC 800MX Laser Compact is available with an in-built
MX interface to enable it to communicate directly with the
MX loop.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Supply Voltage:
Current Consumption:

UK
Europe
516.018.011
561.043
VLC-505 VESDA net Version (VN)
516.018.010
561.042
VLC-500 Relays Only Version (RO)
516.018.012
561.052
VLC800 MX Addressable Vesda Laser compact
(Compatible with MX Consys versions 2.1 and above)

Dimensions:
Weight:
Operating Temp:
Sampled Air:

Page 86

18 to 30Vdc
225mA quiescent,
245mA in alarm
225H x 225W x 85Dmm
1.9Kg
-10C to+ 39C
-20C to +60C

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection


Features
Wide sensitivity range
Laser-based light source
4 Configurable alarm levels
Purpose built Aspirator
4 In-line Inlet pipes
Flow sensor for each inlet pipe
Wide range DC power
Low-cost maintenance
Dual stage filter
Easy access to filter cartridge
7 Software configurable relays
Recessed mounting
Multiple exhausts

LaserPLUS Standard Modular Range - LaserPLUS Detectors


The detector assembly contains the laser detection
chamber, high efficiency aspirator, monitored filter
cartridge, control electronics, and relay interface. The
detector assembly can be used as a distributed system,
with the display, programmer and VESDAnet socket
modules mounted in a remote location.

Alternatively, the detector assembly can be configured as a


self-contained system by replacing the detectors blank
panels with the display and/or programming modules.

516.018.002
(561.037)
VLP-002 LaserPLUS Detector and display

516.018.001
(561.036)
VLP-012 LaserPLUS Detector, programmer and
display

516.018.003
VLP-000 LaserPLUS Detector

516.018.013
(561.038)
VLP-400 LaserPLUS Detector with fire OK LED

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Supply Voltage:
Current Consumption:

UK
Europe
516.018.001
561.036
VLP-012 LaserPLUS Detector, programmer and display
516.018.002
561.037
VLP-002 LaserPLUS Detector and display
516.018.013
561.038
VLP-400 LaserPLUS Detector with fire OK LED
516.018.003
VLP-000 LaserPLUS Detector

Dimensions:
Weight:
Operating Temp.:
Humidity:

18 to 30Vdc
(No display or programmer)
240mA quiescent plus 50mA
alarm (24Vdc & 3000 rpm)
225H x 350W x 125D mm
4.0Kg (including display and
programmer modules)
0C to + 39C
0-95% RH, non condensing

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 87

Vesda Laserplus

Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection

Vesda LaserPlus Scanners

Features

Individual pipe annunciation


Adaptive scan threshold
Wide sensitivity range (0.005 to 20% obs/m)
Laser based light source
Configurable alarm levels
Purpose built Aspirator
4 In-Line inlet pipes
Flow sensor for each pipe inlet
Low-cost maintenance
Dual stage filter
Easy access to filter cartridge
Recessed mounting

LaserPLUS Scanners - 7 & 12 Relay Output Variants


VESDA LaserPLUS is also available in a Scanner
configuration, which allows the system to distinguish and
identify the pipe carrying smoke, while sampling multiple
sectors.

The VESDA LaserPLUS will continue to sample from all


sectors to monitor the fire growth and maintain full
protection.

VLS-214-FD7 Scanner
Product Codes
UK
Europe
516.018.004
561.044
VLS-214 FD7 Scanner, programmer
and display with 7 relays.

516.018.007
561.039
VLS-314 FD12 Scanner, programmer
and display with 12 relays

VLS-200 FD7 Scanner


Product Codes
UK
Europe
516.018.006
VLS-200 FD7 Scanner
516.018.016
561.046
VLS-600 FD7 Scanner with Fire OK LED

516.018.009
VLS-300 FD12 Scanner
516.018.019
561.041
VLS-700 FD12 Scanner with Fire OK
LED

Product Codes
UK
Europe
516.018.005
561.045
VLS-204 FD7 Scanner and display
with 7 relays.

516.018.008
561.040
VLS-304 FD12 Scanner and display
with 12 relays

VLS-204 FD7

Technical Specification

Product Codes

UK
Europe
516.018.004
561.044
VLS-214 FD7 Scanner, programmer and display with 7
relays.
Dimensions:
516.018.007
561.039
Weight:
VLS-314 FD12 Scanner, programmer and display with 12
relays
Operating Temp.:
516.018.005
561.045
Humidity:
VLS-204 FD7 Scanner and display with 7 relays.
Relay Outputs:
516.018.008
561.040
VLS-304 FD12 Scanner and display with 12 relays
516.018.006
VLS-200 FD7 Scanner
516.018.016
561.046
VLS-600
FD7
Scanner
with Fire OK LED
Datasheet - Product Code PSF105 VESDA
516.018.009
LaserPLUS
VLS-300 FD12 Scanner
516.018.019
561.041
VLS-700 FD12 Scanner with Fire OK LED
Page 88
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Supply Voltage:
Current consumption:

18 to 30Vdc
(No display or programmer)
240mA quiescent plus 70mA
alarm (24Vdc & 3000 rpm)
225H x 350W x 125D mm
4.0Kg including display and
programmer modules
0C to + 39C
10-95% RH, non condensing
7 or 12

Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection


Optional Remote Displays
Features

Remote Displays and Modules


A display module monitors the VESDA LaserPLUS
detector. It reports a visual representation of smoke levels,
and all alarm and fault conditions. The internal sounder
warns personnel in the local area that an alarm threshold
has been reached, or a fault has occurred.

It has a 20 segment vertical bar graph, a 2-digit numerical


display, an audible sounder and clear alarm and fault
indicators. It also has 4 push buttons to control the
detector and the mode of the display.
Displays can be located at a convenient location - either
within the detector module, or remotely on the VESDAnet.
For monitoring convenience, multiple displays can be
associated with a single detector.

VRT-400,700 & 800


Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.018.104
VRT-400 Remote scan display
including 7 relays

516.018.107
571.083
VRT-700 Remote scanner display no relays
516.018.108
VRT-800 Remote scanner display
with 12 relays

VRT-200,600,J00 and K00 displays


Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.018.102
VRT-200 Remote display
including 7 relays

516.018.106
571.082
VRT-600 Remote detector displayno relays
516.018.119
VRT-J00 Compact Display c/w 7
relays

516.018.120
VRT-K00 Compact Display no relays

VRT-300
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.018.103
571.104
VRT-300 Remote VESDAnet socket

VRT-100
Product Code
UK
EUROPE
516.018.101
571.084
VRT-100 Remote programmer

Technical Specification
Supply Voltage:

Current Consumption:

18-30Vdc (when used in


detector unit, Remote unit or
19 rack)
60mA quiescent plus 20mA
alarm @24Vdc - (module
only)/90mA quiescent plus

Dimensions:
Operating Temp.:
Humidity:

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

20mA alarm @24Vdc


(in remote mounting box)
150H x 140W x 90D mm
0C to +39C
10-95% RH, non condensing

Page 89

Vesda Remote Displays

Four alarm levels (Alert/Action, Fire 1 & Fire 2)


20 segment vertical bar graph
Alarm threshold indicators
(Alert, Action & Fire 1)
Audio and visual indication
Alarm indicators
Informative fault indicators
Multi-mode numeric display(defaults to smoke
obscuration)
Acknowledged push-button presses
Multiple language supported
Addressable to any detector

Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection


LaserPLUS Standard 19 Inch Sub-Rack Remote Display Assemblies
The 19 sub-rack is available as a
mounting option, with 4 mounting
slots for display or programming
modules.
Technical Specification
Dimensions: 128H x 482W x 120D
mm

Product Codes
516.018.201
VSR-2000 19 Sub-rack with 1
detector display and 3 blanks
516.018.203
VSR-2210 19 Sub-rack, 2 detector
displays, programmer and 1 blank

516.018.204
VSR-2221 19 Sub-rack with 3
detector displays and programmer
516.018.206
VSR-2222 19 Sub-rack with 4
detector displays

Vesda Ancillaries

LaserPLUS Components for Ordering Custom Built Remote Display Sub-racks


Sub-rack configurations other than
those available as standard can be
supplied as custom built units. The
sub-rack and cost of assembly are
included in the VSR-CUSTOM.
The configuration of the custom built
unit must be specified at time of
ordering (e.g. 2 x VSU-0 and 2 x
VSU-2 configured as VSR-0022)
Note: The order of the numbers (e.g.
0022) indicates the order in which
the sub-units will be mounted in the
sub-rack housing when looking from
the front of the unit - from left to right

Product Codes
516.018.260
VSU-0 Blank Sub-unit
516.018.261
VSU-1 Programmer sub-unit
516.018.262
VSU-2 Detector display sub-unit
plus 7 relays
516.018.264
VSU-4 Scanner display sub-unit plus
7 relays
516.018.265
VSU-5 Blank sub-unit with 7 relays
516.018.214
VSU-E Blank scanner sub-unit with 7
relays

516.018.268
VSU-8 Scanner display sub-unit with
12 relays
516.018.269
VSU-9 Blank display sub-unit with 12
relays
516.018.219
VSU-J Compact display sub-unit
plus 7 relays
516.018.210
VSR-CUSTOM Custom sub-rack
housing includes cost of custom
building 4 VSU sub-rack units.

LaserPLUS Standard 19 Inch Rack Remote Display Assemblies


Standard rack enclosures are
available to fit 2 (see picture) or 5
sub-rack assemblies.

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
020-052 400H x 600W x 220D mm
020-055 800H x 600W x 220D mm
020-050 300H x 400W x 140D mm

Product Codes
516.018.301
020-052 19 Rack enclosure (2 rows)
516.018.302
020-055 19 Rack enclosure (5 rows)
516.018.303
020-050 IP65 Enclosure

LaserPLUS Ancillaries & Power Supply Unit


A variety of other ancillaries are
available. Configuration software is
available from vision systems
website www.vesda.com.

Product Codes
UK
EUROPE
516.018.402
571.086
VHX-0200 PC link HLI plus leads
(MK2)
516.018.407
VESDA 24Vd.c 2A Power supply
and charger
UK
EUROPE
516.018.401
571.085
VHH-100 Hand held programmer
plus leads

LaserPLUS Spares
The following common VESDA
LaserPLUS spares are kept in stock
by Tyco Safety Products. Other
spares can be supplied if required.
Product Codes
516.018.501
VSP-002 Display (spare)
516.018.502
VSP-004 Scanner display (spare)
516.018.503
VSP-001 Programmer (spare)
516.018.505

Page 90

VSP-019 Filter cover door (spare)


516.018.506
VSP-006 Spare detector chassis and
manifold
516.018.508
VSP-008 Spare remote termination
card 7 relays
516.018.509
VSP-009 Spare scanner chassis and
manifold
516.018.514
VSP-014 Spare header termination
card 7 relays

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

516.018.515
VSP-015 Spare aspirator fan
516.018.504
VSP-005 Filter cartridge (spare)

Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection


VESDA International Language Decals
All VESDA LaserPLUS products are
currently supplied from stock in Tyco
grey with English labels and
software. Labels can be easily
changed to any of the languages
below.

Alternatively, where large quantities


are involved Tyco Safety Products
can arrange for special delivery of
pre-labelled products - extra delivery
time must be allowed.

Product Codes
516.018.270
VESDA Scanner Swedish Language
571.088
VESDA Scanner German Language
571.087
VESDA Detector

Vesda Ancillaries

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 91

Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection


Vesda Pipe and Fittings

Vesda Aspirating Pipe & Fitting

VESDA Aspirating Pipe & Fittings are a metric standard of 25mm external diameter with suitable adaptors available
for imperial to metric conversions. (British Standard approved pipes BS5391 Part 1 1976 and BS5391 Part 1 1976 for
fittings).
The British manufactured pipe is produced in red ABS under a stringent quality control approved to BS EN ISO9001,
which covers all aspects of product design, manufacture and inspection.

Features

Toughness and durability


Chemical resistance
Easy to joint
Low Friction
Wide temperature range
Lightweight
Red colour for easy identification

VESDA Aspirating Pipe & Fittings


Pipe 25mm diameter
VESDA aspirating pipe, printed along
its length on opposite side at 450mm
intervals.

3 m length pipe
Order in multiples of 10.

Product Code
516.018.901
Pipe 25mm diameter

Socket 25mm
Straight socket for 25mm pipe.
Order in multiples of 10.

Product Code
516.018.902
Socket to 25mm

Socket union 25mm


Socket union to facilitate servicing of
pipework. Order in multiples of 1.

Product Code
516.018.903
Socket union 25mm

Socket Adaptor 25mm to 3/4


Socket adaptor, imperial to metric, to
extend existing systems.
Order in multiples of 5

Product Code
516.018.909
Socket Adaptor 25mm to 3/4

90 degree Long Radius bend


Order in multiples of 5

Product Code
516.018.904
Long Radios bend 90

Bend 25mm

Page 92

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection


Elbow 25mm
45 deg elbow
Order in multiples of 5

Product Code
516.018.905
Elbow 25mm

End cap 25mm


Order in multiples of 5

Product Code
516.018.906
End cap 25mm

End Cap 25mm

Equal Tee 25mm


Order in multiples of 5

Product Code
516.018.907
Equal Tee 25mm

Pipe Clip 25mm


Order in multiples of 10

Product Code
516.018.908
Pipe Clip 25mm

Pipe Clip 25mm

Solvent Cement (0.25I Tin)


Solvent cement

Product Code
516.018.910
Solvent cement

Capillary Tube Conical Sample Point Assembly


Capillary Tube Conical Sample Point
Assembly.
25mm socket adaptor + 2m capillary
tube (tube colour - red)

Product Code
516.018.911
Capillary Tube Conical Sample Point
Assembly.

Capillary Tube Flush Sample Point Assembly


Capillary Tube Flush Sample Point
Assembly. 25mm socket adaptor +
2m capillary tube (tube colour - red)

Product Code
516.018.912
Capillary Tube Flush Sample Point
Assembly

Capillary Tube 10 mm
Capillary Tube 10 mm
10mm o/d x 30m length
(tube colour - red)

Product Code
516.018.915
Capillary Tube 10 mm

Pipe Cutter

Product Code
516.018.918
Pipe Cutter

Pipe Ties (Red)


Order in multiples of 100.

Product Code
516.018.920
Pipe Ties (Red)

Pipe Cutters

Pipe Ties

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 93

Vesda Aspirating Pipe & Fitting

Equal Tee 25mm

Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection


Sampling Point Label (1 reel)
Sampling point label. Order in
multiples of 100.

Product Code
517.017.005
Sampling point label.

Pipe Label (1reel)

Vesda Aspirating Pipe & Fitting

Pipe Label. Order in multiples of 100.

Product Code
517.017.006
Pipe Label

Pipework designs for Vesda Systems must be verified by the use of the Aspire pipework Design
Software Tool . Available for download from Vision systems Website at www.vesda.com.

Page 94

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


Special Hazards
Tyco Safety Products manufacturers and provides a wide range of equipment suitable for use in hazardous
equipment, where normal equipment cannot be safely used. The range extends from IS detectors for use on
conventional system to flameproof and I.S. flame detectors for use in the most demanding of environments.
A complete range of Barriers, Housing, callpoints and Sounders is available to fully support the product range.

Flame Detection

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 95

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


Special Hazards Detectors - ATEX Approved
The MINERVA S200 PLUS flame detectors are the latest Infrared solar blind and multi-channel infra-red flame
detectors with low power consumption and high false alarm immunity.

S200+ Flame Detectors

The MINERVA S200 PLUS range of advanced flame detectors is the most comprehensive range available.

Features
Triple waveband infrared solar blind flame detection for
optimum false alarm immunity
Unrivalled black body rejection over a wide range of
source temperatures
Range adjustable to 50 metres for a 0.1m2 petrol pan fire
Discrimination of optical faults (dirty windows) from other
faults by the built-in self test feature
Housing designed for easy installation of cabling
Models also available with relay or 4-20mA outputs
Patented dual filter solar blindness for complete solar
blindness
100field of view on IS versions 90 field of view on
Flameproof versions

S200 Plus Triple IR Solar Blind Flame Detector


Unlike other flame detectors on the market the MINERVA
S200 PLUS is available in both Intrinsically Safe (EEx ia)
and Flameproof (EEx d) models.
The intrinsically safe models are suffixed by the letter " i "
and are ATEX Certified EEx ia IIC T5. As part of an
intrinsically safe circuit, it is suitable for zones 0,1 and 2

where group IIC gases or lesser hazards can be


continuously present in explosive concentrations.
The flameproof models are suffixed by the letter "f" and are
ATEX Certified EEx d IIC T6. The detectors are suitable for
zones 1 and 2 where group IIC gases or lesser hazards
can be intermittently present in explosive concentrations.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Detector Material:
Dimensions:
Weight:
Gland Entry:
Range:

517.001.266
517.001.263

Operating Temp:
Response Time:
Sensitivity:
Relative Humidity:
Enclosure to:

Stainless Steel 316L/316


167H x 167W x 89D MM
4.5Kg
2 x 20mm
0.1m2 petrol at 50m
0.4m2 petrol at 60m
-40 to +80C
Field Selectable 3,6 and 12s
3 range settings
95% (100% intermittent)
IP 66 and IP 67

Datasheet - Product Code PSF102 Minerva S200 Plus Series

For information on flame detector test equipment, please


refer to the detector test equipment section.
Approvals
Various models are certified by a number of approval
bodies including those listed below. Please refer to the
Website for details.
ATEX Approved models have a suffix 1 as the third digit.
FM Approved models have a suffix 2 as the third digit.
NSTC
LPCB
LRS
DNV
KFEIC
SSL MCA

Page 96

S200+ Spares Kit & Sealant


S200+ Weather Protection Assembly

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


S200 Plus Triple IR Solar Blind Flame Detector

S200+ Flame Detectors

Additional Features
Flexible mounting and angular adjustment
2 x 20mm field cable entries
IP66/67 housing designed for external use
Rugged 316 stainless steel housing and mounting bracket
Operating temperature range of -40 to + 80C
Variable response times and sensitivity settings
Remote self test and range setting
True window test in detection area (i.e. not in the edge of the
window)
Terminals provided for Remote LED connection where relevant
BASEEFA (CENELEC) certified
Meets the requirements of EN54 Pt10
FM, DNV and LRS certified
Very low power consumption (0.35mA)
Models available with Conventional or Analogue Addressable
interface (requires 2 core cable only)

Approvals
Interface
Conventional
S231i+

S231f+

S232f+

4-20mA

ATEX
Addressable

Relay

Ex ia

FM

Ex d

516.037.004


516.037.003


S241i+

S241f+




S251f+

S262f+




S271f+

516.039.004


S271i+

516.038.003

S261f+

516.037.015
516.038.004

S251i+

Product Codes

Ex d

516.039.003

516.040.002


516.040.012
516.041.004

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

516.041.003

Page 97

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards

S131 Flame Detectors

Features
No false alarms from welding, sunlight or high intensity
lamps
Low maintenance costs
Quick response to carbon fires
Good performance (20m)
Completely solar-blind for use outdoors
High sensitivity with exceptional interference rejection
ATEX approved EEx ia IIC T5
Housing protection to IP65
2 core interface to conventional fire systems
Built in response indicator
High immunity to smoke, dust and grime

S131 Infra Red Flame Detector, Solar Blind


The S131 is a single sensor infra-red flame detector with
optical filtering, suitable for use outdoors in a wide range
of applications.

window in a GRP anti-static housing which provides


protection against water ingress under sustained, high
wind driven conditions. It is completely blind to solar
radiation whether direct, reflected or modulated.

Specifically designed for use in the demanding


environments of the onshore petro-chemical industry, the
S131 detector incorporates an abrasion resistant sapphire

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Material:
Dimensions:

516.009.023
517.001.146

G.R.P. Anti-static, black


160H x 160W x 90D mm
(without bracket)
Weight:
2.85 Kg (including bracket)
Gland Entry:
2 x 20mm
Range:
0.1m2 petrol at 20m
0.4m2 petrol at 40m
Field of View:
90 min inclusive
Response Time: 3 secs min
5-10 secs typical
Supply Voltage: 15.5 to 25.5Vdc
Quiescent Current: 100a max at 20Vdc
Alarm Current: 60mA max
Operating Temp: -30C (-40C with reduced
range) to +70C
Storage Temp: -40C to + 80C
Relative Humidity:95% (100% intermittent)
Enclosure to:
IP65
Classification:
ATEX EEx ia IIC T5
Suitable for use in zones 0,1
and 2 where group IIC
gasses or lesser hazards
are present in explosive
concentrations.

Page 98

S131 Infra-red flame detector solar blind


S131/S161 Spare Gasket Kit (Pk5)

Datasheet - Product Code PSF58 S131 Flame Detector


Manual - Vol01A-04-D4 Detectors Fire Manual

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


Features
Approved for use in zone 1 & 2 areas (GP11\C Gases)
Adaptor plate to ensure perfect alignment

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Material:
Weight:
Supply Voltage:
Operating Temp.
Humidity:
Enclosure:
Classification:

592.001.016

Glass filled polyester


0.8kg
9Vdc
110C to + 50C
95% (Non Condensing)
IP54
Atex EEx e ib 11CT4. Suitable for use in
zones 1 & 2 where group 11C gases or
lesser hazards are sometimes present in
explosive concentrations.

592.001.014

592.001.010

T210+ Test source for use with


(517.001.224) Solo 704 Adaptor Tube B
and Solo 100/101 Poles
(517.001.230/226)
T210+Adaptor required for the T210+ to
be used with S200 and S200 Plus Flame
detectors
T110 PP9 Battery and Charger Kit

Datasheet - Product Code PSF060 T110/T210 Test Source


Manual - Vol01A-01-G1 Detectors Fire Manual

S100 Series Test Equipment


Product Codes
592.001.012
T110 Test Source for use with
(517.001.224) Solo 704 adaptor tube
B and Solo 100/101 poles
(517.001.230/226)

592.001.010
T110 PP9 Battery and Charger kit
592.001.011
T110 Carrying case

592.001.018
T110 Adaptor for series 600 and 800
flame detectors

592.001.005
T110 Adaptor for S131/161 Detectors

S100/200 Series Flame Detectors Mounting Bracket


Technical Specification
Weight:
1.1Kg
Dimensions:
202H x 130W x
72D mm
Construction:
SS316 to
BS1449 Pt. 2

Axial Rotation:
Elevation:
Fixing:

360o
80o
M8 bolts

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Code
517.001.184
Flame detector bracket assembly
(Stainless Steel) for use with all
S100/200 Series detectors

Page 99

Flame Detection Test Equipment

S200 Series Test Equipment

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


Features

UV/IR Flame Detection

UV and UV/IR versions


Automatic Built IN Test (BIT)
User programmable configuration
Standard relay and 4-20mA outputs
MTBF minimum of 100,000 Hrs

Spectrex SharpEyeTM UV and UV/IR Flame Detectors


These detectors allow UV and UV/IR flame detection to be
offered where specifically specified or in the few
applications where the S200 Plus Triple IR flame detector
is not suitable, such as metal fires.
The stocklised Spectrex SharpEyeTM are available with
automatic built in test (BIT), Relay and 4-20mA output and
2 x M25 gland entries. The SharpEyeTM flame detectors are
optically based self contained, microprocessor controlled
ultravoilet/infrared (UV/IR) and ultraviolet (UV) flame
detectors.

Environmental protection is IP66 and IP67 to EN60529 and


also meets the requirements of MIL-STD-810C.
These models have ATEX certification EX II 2 G, EExd IIB
+ H2 T4 (85C)

Both models are housed in a robust heavy duty copper


free (less than 1% ) Aluminium enclosure finished in with
epoxy enamel.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Operating Temperature: -40C to +85 C


Storage Temperature:
-55C to +85 C
Weight - 3.7Kg
Dimensions 120 x 132 x 132mm

516.060.040

SharpEye 20/20 UB - Atex certified UV


flame detector with built in test,
Aluminium Housing, M25 cable entries,
calibrated to 85 C

516.060.041

SharpEye 20/20 LB - Atex certified UV/IR


flame detector with built in test,
Aluminium Housing, M25 cable entries,
calibrated to 85 C

516.060.010

Spectrex 20/20-03 Stainless steel


mounting bracket

516.060.011

Spectrex 20/20-311Test Source

516.060.012

Spectrex Rain cover for UV and UV/IR


detectors (Stainless Steel)

Page 100

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


System 800 Fire Detection for Hazardous Areas
Complete range of ATEX certified detectors suitable for use in Zone 0,1,& 2 Areas. MX digital addressable for use on
Minerva MX Fire Controllers.

There is a risk of fire or explosion in all areas containing


flammable substances in the form of liquids, gasses, dust or
materials. Where these combustible materials are mixed with
air in sufficient concentration they form a flammable
atmosphere and the areas containing them are designated
Hazardous Areas. When a source of ignition, such as a spark,
is applied in a hazardous area, an explosion could take place.
Electrical equipment supplied for use in Hazardous Areas
must comply with requirements to ensure that its introduction
into the area does not increase the existing risk. System 800
is an MX TechnologyTM Intrinsically Safe (I.S) system for use in
Hazardous Areas which can be connected to the MX Fire
Detection Systems installed in the Safe Areas.
The System designer must be familiar with
BS EN60079-14, EN50, and ATEX certification and have
successfully completed an appropriate recognised course
in Intrinsic Safety. Design of the system requires that the
designer has all the information concerning the installation
correctly documented. The nature of the hazard must be
defined by the customer and a survey carried out to
determine the proximity of the safe area to establish cable
runs.
The probability of a flammable mixture being present is
defined by a zone number. Flammable gasses are
classified in Groups and their minimum spontaneous
ignition temperature is categorised by Class. Tyco Safety
Products supplied equipment marked EEx ia IIC T5 would
be suitable for use in worst case conditions. E.G. Zone 0
(ia), Hydrogen (IIc), T5 (100 deg C). The Fire Alarm
Equipment and Safety Barriers should be placed as near

Addressable I.S. MX Technology


Compatible with S271i+ flame detector
Compatible I.S. callpoint.
Atex certified intrinsically safe Ex II 1 G System
Suitable for use in Zone 0, 1 & 2

as possible to the containment wall of the Hazardous Area.


This minimises the cable lengths between the barrier and
the Hazardous Area and thus the capacity to store energy.
In order that an Installation will comply with the ATEX
certification designated for each system, it is essential that
the certified devices are connected with cables of the
specified limits. These limits have been certified for
specific classifications of hazard in order that energy
storage is limited.
The number of devices connected to the barrier and
located in the Hazardous Area must always be limited to
not more than the listed maximum.
The use of the MX designer Software tool will ensure
correct loop loading and its use is essential to the design
process.
System 800 is for use in MX Technology Addressable Fire
detection circuits.
Manual Vol17A Detection Fire Manual
*Section is indicated next to the product code.
Datasheet PSF129
Manual 17A-02-DETEx

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 101

Intrinsically Safe Addressable Detection

Features

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


801PHEx Smoke and Heat Detector

Intrinsically Safe Addressable Detection

The 801PHEx Intrinsically Safe


Optical Smoke & Heat Detector
forms part of the 800Ex Intrinsically
Safe Series of MX Addressable Fire
Detectors, The detector plugs into
an MUBEx base.
The mode of detector may be:
. Optical smoke only detector
(sentisivity High, Normal or Low)
. HPO smoke detector (sensitivity
High, Normal or Low)
. Heat only rate-of-rise (A1R)
detector (no sensitivity selection)

.
.

Heat fixed temperature 60C (A2S


(no sensitivity selection)
Optical (sensitivity High, Normal
or Low) combined with heat fixed
temperature 60C (A2S)
HPO (sensitivity High, Normal or
Low) combined with heat fixed
temperature 60C
(A2S)

Technical Specification
ATEX Code Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
Weight 0.2Kg detector and base

(approx)
Operating Temp Range -10C to
+55C
Storage Temp. -20C to +55C
Relative Humidity 90% noncondensing
Product Code
516.800.530.
801PHEx Optical Smoke + Heat
Detector:
Manual Vol 17A-02-PHEX

801CHEx CO & Heat Detector


The 801 CHEx Intrinsically Safe
Carbon Monoxide plus Heat Detector
forms part of the 800Ex Intrinsically
Safe Series of MX Addressable Fire
Detectors. The detector plugs into
an MUBEx base. the mode of
detector may be:
The mode of detector may be:
. Heat only detector (A1R or A2S)
(sensitivity: High, Normal or Low)
. Compensated Carbon Monoxide
detector (sensitivity: High Normal
or Low)
. Compensated Carbon Monoxide
detector (sensitivity: High or

Normal) combined with heat


(A1R)
Technical Specification
ATEX Coce:
Ex II 1G
Celenec Code:
EEX ia IIC T5
Weight:
0.2Kg detector
and base
(approx)
Operating Temp. Range
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp.
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity
90% non
condensing.

Product Code
516.800.531
801CHEx Carbon Monoxide + Heat
Detector:
Manual Vol 17A-02-CHEX

801HEx Heat Detector


The 801HEx Intrinsically Safe Heat
Detector forms part of the 800Ex
Intrinsically Safe Series of MX
Addressable Fire Detectors. The
detector plugs into an MUBEx base.
The mode of detector may be:
.
.
.
.
.

EN54-5 A1R, rate-of- rise normal


ambient
EN54-5 A2S, fixed 60C
EN54-5 CR, rate-of-rise high
ambient;
ATEX Code: Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5

Technical Specification
ATEX Coce:
Ex II 1G
Celenec Code:
EEX ia IIC T5
Weight 0.2Kg detector and base
(approx)
Operating Temp. Range
-10C to
+55C
Storage Temp.
- 20C to
+55C
Relative Humidity
90% non
condensing

Product Code
516.800.532
801HEx Heat Detector
Manual Vol 17A-02-HEX

801FEx Flame Detector


The 801FEx point type flame
detector forms part of the MX
Technologyrange of digital
addressable fire detectors. The
detector plugs into an MUBEx base.
The 801FEx is a full featured solar
blind flame detectors and can detect
a 0.1m2 fire at a range of 20m.

Technical Specification
Weight:
0.2Kg detector
and base
(approx)
Operating Temp.
Range
-20C to
+70C
Storage Temp.
-40C to +80C
Relative Humidity
90% noncondensing.

ATEX code:Ex II 1G
Cenelec code: EEx ia IIC T4.

Page 102

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Code
516.800.066
801FEx MX I.R. Flame Detector
516.800.067
811FEx M MX Marine I.R. Flame
Detector
Manual Vol 17A-02-FEX

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


IS28 Banshee Sounder
The IS28 MK4 intrinsically safe
banshee sounder has been
developed for use in hazardous
areas.
Up to a maximum of four sounders
may be connected to one I.S.
sounder driver. Each IS28 banshee
has an output of 94dBA at one
metre, this sound output will reduce

to approximately 90dBA when four


sounders are fitted to a circuit.
Features
ATEX Certification number
ITS03ATEX213311X to II G
EEX Ia IIC T5

Product Code
576.501.013
IS28 MK 4 Banshee BS5839 Low
Frequency ATEX Certified
Intrinsically Safe - Grey Sounder

The CP840Ex Intrinsically Safe


Weatherproof Break Glass Callpoint
is designed to monitor and signal
the condition of the switch contact
associated with the break glass.

The callpoint is designed to comply


with EN 50 014 and EN 50 020 for
intrinsically safe apparatus. It is
certified:

Product Code
514.800.513
CP840Ex MX Digital Address
Breakglass Callpoint

ATEX Code: Ex II1G


Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5

IF800Ex Interface Module


The Intrinsically Safe IF800EX
Interface Module is designed to
monitor fire contacts such as
sprinkler flow switches. The IF800Ex
is contained within a grey
compression moulded glass filled
polyester box with 2 x 20mm cable
gland holes.

The electronic components are


mounted on a double sided printed
circuit board built into a potted
module formed from a plastic
moulding. Connectivity is via two
terminal blocks fitted to the PCB.

Product Code
514.001.062
IF800Ex MX Digital Addressable
Interface Module Assembly:

ATEX Code: Ex II1G


Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5

EXI800 Interface Module & Galvanic Isolators


The EXI800 Interface Module, used
with a galvanic isolator, provides a
path for an MX panel to transparently
communicate to slave devices
(800Ex Detectors, IF800Ex, Interface
Module or CP840Ex Addressable
Break Glass Callpoint) connected to
the Intrinsically Safe loop. The
interface reduces the standard MX
loop supply voltage and signalling
currents to levels that are
acceptable for hazardous areas.
The EXI800 can detect a short
circuit of the left-loop, the right-loop,
or the IS spur and will isolate the
offending circuit from the other loop

connections. The IS loop output of


the EXI800 interfaces with the
Pepper+Fuchs KFDO-CS-Ex1.54
Galvanic Isolator supplying loop
voltage and signalling currents to the
Intrinsically safe Loop. The EXI800
is supplied complete with one
service tool EX dongle that is
required to activate address
programming using the standard MX
service tool. The MTL 5021 Isolating
sounder driver enables an
intrinsically safe sounder device
located in the hazardous area, to be
controlled from the safe area. The
MTL 5021 has one channel and is

suitable for connecting suitable


certified loads in Zone 0,IIC, T4-6
hazardous areas.

The MTLDX Series enclosure


equipment will house the EXI800
20mm pitch), Pepper+Fuchs KFDOCS-Ex1.54 Galvanic Isolator (20mm
pitch) and MTL 5021 I.S. Sounder
driver 16-2 m pitch). The units are
DIN Rain mounted with 70mm of rail
supplied in the with the DX070 and
170mm of rail in the DX170.

Enclosures are usually selected on


the number of units they will
accommodate. The following table
shows the capacity of each of the
enclosure types.

Product Codes
517.001.248
DX070 Enclosure
517.001.247
DX170 Enclosure

Product Codes
514.001.063
EXI800 Interface Module
517.001.259
Pepper+Fuchs KFD0-CS-EX1.54
Galvanic Isolator
557.203.008
Spare Service Tool Ex Dongle:
517.001.245
MTL 5021 I. S. Sounder driver

IS Barrier

Enclosure

MTL5000 isolators 16mm Pitch

MTL7000 barriers 7.5mm Pitch

DX070
4(2*)
9(5*)
DX170
10 (8*)
22(18*)
* Use these figures when two IMB57 mounting brackets for tagging/earth rail accessories are included.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 103

Intrinsically Safe Ancillaries

CP840EX Break Glass Callpoint

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


System 620 Fire Detection for Hazardous Areas

Intrinsically Safe Conventional Detection

Complete range of ATEX certificated detectors suitable for use in Zones 0,1 and 2 Areas for use on conventional
panels.

Features

Conventional I.S. system


Suitable for worst case (EEx ia IIC T5)
Tyco High Performance Optical (HPO) smoke detector
Compatible with S231i+ flame detector
Compatible I.S. callpoint

System 620 Fire Detection


There is a risk of fire or explosion in all areas containing
flammable substances in the form of liquids, gasses, dust
or materials. Where these combustible materials are mixed
with air in sufficient concentration they form a flammable
atmosphere and the areas containing them are designated
Hazardous Areas. When a source of ignition, such as a
spark, is applied in a hazardous area, an explosion could
take place. Electrical equipment supplied for use in
Hazardous Areas must comply with requirements to ensure
that its introduction into the area does not increase the
existing risk. System 620 is an Intrinsically Safe (I.S.)
system for use in Hazardous Areas which can be
connected to a conventional fire Alarm Controller installed
in the Safe Areas..
The System Designer must be familiar with
BS EN 60079-14 , EN50 and ATEX certification and have
successfully completed an appropriate recognised course
in Intrinsic Safety. Design of the system requires that the
designer has all the information concerning the installation
correctly documented. The nature of the hazard must be
defined by the customer and a survey carried out to
determine the proximity of the safe area to establish cable
runs.
The probability of a flammable mixture being present is
defined by a Zone Number. Flammable gases are classified
in Groups and their minimum spontaneous ignition
temperature is categorised by Class. Tyco Safety Products
supplied equipment marked EEx ia IIc T5 would be suitable
for use in worst case conditions. Eg. Zone 0 (ia), Hydrogen
(IIc), T5 (100 deg C). The Fire Alarm Equipment and Safety

Page 104

Barriers should be placed as near as possible to the


containment wall of the Hazardous Area. This minimises
the cable lengths between the barrier and the Hazardous
Area and thus the capacity to store energy.
In order that an Installation will comply with the ATEX
certification designated for each system it is essential that
the certified devices are connected with cables of the
specified limits. These limits have been certified for specific
classifications of hazard in order that energy storage is
limited.
The number of devices connected to the barrier and
located in the Hazardous Area must always be limited to
not more than the listed maximum.
When a mixture of devices is connected to any one zone
the numbers must be reduced in proportion to the ratio of
the load presented to the barrier. When a System includes
the use of an S231i+, it must be remembered that the
load it presents to the circuit is twice that of a detector. A
mixture of large and small load devices connected to a
zone will require a calculation for the number of allowed
detectors.
System 620
System 620 is for use in conventional fire detection circuits.
Two Sounder Systems, (one earthed and one isolated), are
available and either can be used with System 620.
Manual - Vol01B* Detectors Fire Manual
* Section is indicated next to the product code.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


High Performance Optical Smoke
burning alcohol or other clean
burning liquids which do not
generate smoke particles.

If environmental conditions rule out


the use of smoke detectors, then a
heat detector of the type
MD601Ex/MD611Ex may provide an
acceptable, though less sensitive,
alternative. For general use, and
particularly where the ambient
temperature may be low, a 'Rate-ofRise' heat sensor is to be preferred.
This type of sensor reacts to
abnormally high rates of change of
temperature and provides the fastest
response over a wide range of

ambient temperatures. A fixed


temperature limit is also incorporated
in these detectors.
In many environments, e.g. kitchens
and boiler rooms, sudden, large
changes in temperature are
considered 'normal'. Rate-of-rise
detectors are generally not suitable in
these cases and fixed temperature
[static] types should be used.

ATEX Code:
Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code:
EEx ia IIC T5
Operating Temp Range:
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity:
90% noncondensing

Product Code
516.054.011.Y (Vol 01B-04-D12)
MR601TEX Conventional High
Performance Optical Smoke Detector

Heat Detectors

ATEX Code :
Cenelec Code:

Ex II 1G
EEx ia IIC T5

Operating Temp Range


-10C to +55C
Storage Temp.
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity
90% noncondensing
Product Codes
516.052.051.Y (Vol 01B-04-D11)
MD601EX Conventional Rate of Rise
Heat Detector
516.052.041.Y (Vol 01B-04-D11)
MD611EX Conventional Fixed
Temperature Heat Detector

Flame Detectors
Flame detectors, unlike smoke and
heat detectors, do not rely on
convection to transport the fire
products to the detector nor do they
rely on a ceiling to trap the products.
They can therefore be used to
protect large open areas without
sacrificing speed of response to
flaming fires. In order to ensure full
coverage however, flame detectors
do require direct line of sight to all
parts of the protected area.
Infra-red flame detectors such as the
601FEx are designed to respond
rapidly to fires which involve clean-

burning fuels such as alcohol or


methane, i.e. fires which would not
be detected by smoke detectors. The
601FEx Flame Sensor, by virtue of its
operating wavelength and flicker
discrimination is insensitive to normal
environmental influences. For
outdoor use a solar-blind detector
[e.g. the S200 Plus] should be used.
The 601FEx Flame detector should,
normally, only be used inside
buildings to supplement heat and
smoke detectors.

ATEX Code:
Ex II 1G D
Cenelec Code:
EEx ia IIC T5
Operating Temp Range:
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity:
90% noncondensing

complex structures such as atria


and warehouses, where positioning
of smoke detectors is difficult.
ATEX Code :
Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code:
EEx ia IIC T5
Operating Temp Range:
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity:
90% noncondensing

Product Code
516.058.002.Y (Vol 01B-04-D13)
MU601EX Conventional Carbon
Monoxide Detector

Product Codes
516.600.066 (Vol 01C-02-D8)
601FEx Infra-Red Flame Detector
516.600.067 (Vol 01C-02-D8)
601FEx-M Infra-Red Flame Detector
(Marine)

Carbon Monoxide Detector


The CO Fire detector is a unique
general purpose fire detector which
provides very early warning of slow
smouldering fires. Ideal for sleeping
risks, the CO fire detector is also well
suited to many applications where
heat detection is insufficient but
smoke detection causes false alarms.
As CO travels more freely than
smoke, the positioning of CO fire
detectors is more flexible. This
feature is particularly useful in large

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 105

Intrinsically Safe Conventional Detection

The MR601TEX has been developed


to overcome the slower response of
the optical detectors to hot burning
fires, by increasing the sensitivity of
the optical detector when it is
associated with a rapid change in
temperature. In this way it is intended
to become a detector which can
cover some of the risks currently
covered by ion chamber detectors.
Smoke detectors will not detect

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


Enhanced Carbon Monoxide Fire & Heat Detector

Intrinsically Safe Conventional Detection

The MDU601EX detector combines


the features of both the MU601EX
detector and the MD601EX detector
to provide a combined CO and Rate
of Rise Heat Detector where the
sensitivity of the CO detector is
enhanced in response to a fast rate
of change of temperature.

ATEX Code:
Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code:
EEx ia IIC T5
Operating Temp Range:
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to
+55C
Relative Humidity:
90% noncondensing

Product Code
516.061.001.Y (Vol 01B-04-D14)
MDU 601EX Enhanced Carbon
Monoxide Fire
& Heat Detector

ATEX Code:
Ex II 1G
Cenelec Code:
EEx ia IIC T5
Operating Temp Range:
-10C to +55C
Storage Temp:
-20C to +55C
Relative Humidity:
90% noncondensing

Product Codes
517.001.120
System 601 EOL Unit (Pk 10)
517.001.231
DHM69 Deckhead mounting kit. This
deckhead mounting is also suitable
for 300/500 series detectors.

MUBEX Detector Base and Ancillaries


Product Code
517.050.610
MUBEX Mounting Base

Page 106

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


Features
Sealed Stainless Steel Construction
Suitable for use in hazardous areas

T54B Heat Detectors

T54B - Point Type Heat Detector


Constructed from stainless steel, the T54B is an extremely
rugged heat detector that can be used to detect fires in the
harshest of environments. The T54B can be used in
environments with ambient temperatures up to 200C and,
being hermetically sealed is impervious to most
contaminants.

For reliable operation, it is recommended that T54B


detectors have set points 20C or 20% (whichever is
higher) above the maximum temperature they will be
exposed to in normal operation.
Preferred factory preset temperatures are:
60, 90, 100, 145C; normally with open contacts.

Classified as a simple device, the T54B can be used in


Zone 0 areas when connected to a suitable intrinsically
safe barrier.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Operating voltage
@ 0.5A:
Switching Current:
Contact Resistance:
Actuating Temp:
(factory set)
Fixed Temp. only:
Accuracy:
Ambient Temp.:
Relative Humidity:
Protection Category:
Thread Size:

516.033.011
240Va.c. to 24Vdc
5 to 500mA
<1 ohm

516.033.012
516.033.013

60 to 240C
*Type E
+ or - 5%
-40 to +270C
100% RH
IP67
M20 x 1.5mm

516.033.014

T4E60X T54B Point Type heat


detector - 60C
T4E90X T54B Point Type heat
detector - 90C
T4E100X T54B Point Type heat
detector - 100C
T4E145X T54B Point Type heat
detector - 145C

Other temperatures and normally closed contacts are


available by request.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 107

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


Features

IS Callpoint CP220EX

Intrinsically Safe
Weatherproof to IP67
Compatible with System 620

Intrinsically Safe Callpoints - ATEX Approved


The CP220Ex is a conventional callpoint for use on the
ATEX Certified System. System 620 is compatible with
System 1700, NT & MX Addressable DIM 800 modules.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Material:
Conventional:
Addressable:
Colour:
ATEX Code:
CENELEC
BASEEFA Cert:
IP Rating:

514.001.009

Page 108

87H x 87W x 51.5Dmm


200g
Polycarbonate
Yes
No
Red
Ex II 1G
EEX ia IIC T4
BAS00ATEX1245X
IP67

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

CP220Ex Red Callpoint intrinsically safe


for use with ATEX certified conventional
system 620.

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


Features
Available as intrinsically safe
Weatherproof to IP66
Robust GRP Housing

This manual fire alarm call point is designed in


accordance with the latest draft European Call Point
Standard (EN54-11).
Weatherproof to IP66 and available certified intrinsically
safe, simple apparatus or uncertified, the units are
manufactured from glass reinforced polyester (GRP)
which provides a robust, corrosion free construction and
ensures effective and reliable operation in harsh industrial
and offshore environments.

Units are supplied in self coloured GRP with a Burning


House duty label as standard.

Product Codes
514.001.059
514.001.058

Intrinsically Safe Callpoint (BG3I4NBN)


Weatherproof Callpoint (BG3W4LBN)

MODEL

BG3I

BG3W

PROTECTION

Explosion Protected EExia


(Intrinsically Safe)

Dust-tight & Weatherproof

CERTIFICATION

CENELEC EN50014, 020


BASEEFA EExia IIC T4
Cert No. BAS00ATEX1067X
Suitable for use in Zones 0,1, & 2

Not Applicable

VOLTAGE

Up to 28V (IS)

Up to 250 V a.c.

CERTIFIED TEMPERATURE

-55C TO +55C

Not Applicable

INGRESS PROTECTION

IP66

IP66

EUROPEAN STANDARD FOR CALLPOINTS

EN54-11

EN54-11

TERMINALS

6 X 4.0mm2

6 X 4.0mm2

SWITCH RATINGS

Not Applicable

DC: 0 - 30V 3A resistive or inductive


30V - 50V 1A resistive or inductive
AC: 0 - 250V 3A resistive or inductive

CABLE ENTRIES

2 X M20 Top or Bottom

2 X M20 Top or Bottom

WEIGHT

0.5Kg

0.5Kg

MATERIAL

UV resistant glass reinforced polyester

UV resistant glass reinforced polyester

FINISH

Natural Red GRP

Natural Red GRP

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 109

IS Callpoint BG3

BG3 Weatherproof and Intrinsically Safe Conventional Callpoint -Atex Approved

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


Intrinsically Safe Barriers - Atex Approved
The following section relates to a range of intrinsically safe barrier and isolator equipment for use with Tyco Safety
Products manufactured fire detection systems. It essentially encompasses the relevant MTL 5000 and MTL 7000
series barriers plus the associated housing options as an alternative to existing MTL 700 series equipment.

Intrinsically Safe Barriers

On all issues of intrinsically safe systems design, please refer to Manual 26A for guidance.

Galvanic Isolators - MTL 5000


The MTL 5061 is a two channel
interface for use with conventional
fire and smoke detectors located in
hazardous areas. This galvanic
isolator is CE marked, and replaces
the MTL 3043 barrier option. It is
suitable for connecting loads in Zone
0, IIC, T4-6 hazardous areas if
suitably certified.
The MTL 5021 Isolating sounder
driver enables an intrinsically safe
sounder device located in the

hazardous area, to be controlled


from the safe area. The MTL 5021
barrier is designed as a CE marked
replacement for the existing MTL
3021 barrier. It has one channel and
is suitable for connecting loads in
Zone 0, IIC, T4-6 hazardous area if
suitably certified.
When designing new systems or
upgrading existing MTL 3000 series
systems to MTL 5000 series, please
use the appropriate MTL DX series

enclosure equipment (16.2mm


pitch).
Product Codes
517.001.244
MTL 5061 2 channel galvanic
isolator for conventional detector
zone - used on BASEEFA Approved
System 601
517.001.245
MTL 5021 I.S. Sounder driver

One secondary replaceable fuse for


each barrier channel is provided and
is lower in value than the safety
related fuse. Fuses are packaged in
small mouldings which can be
latched in a disconnect position to
break the safe and hazardous areas
during commissioning, maintenance
and fault finding, thus avoiding the
need for additional disconnect
terminals.

barrier. Currently, there is no direct


alternative for the MTL 788+ barrier
used with the MINERVA addressable
system. So addressable MINERVA
systems must use the existing MTL
788+ barrier and associated
housing option (7mm pitch).

Xener Barriers - MTL 7100


The MTL 7100 Series intrinsically
safe shunt-diode safety barriers are
innovative devices designed to
provide exceptionally high packing
densities, straightforward installation
and simplified connection,
commissioning and maintenance
facilities. The MTL 7100 Series
include secondary replaceable
fuses. These are useful where there
is the possibility of faults occurring
during commissioning, which would
otherwise blow the barriers internal
safety fuses.

Please note that this barrier is a


direct alternative for the MTL 728+

Product Code
517.001.246
MTL 7128+ Zener Safety Barrier for
conventional detection circuits
designed in accordance with System
601

MTL 700
The MTL700 series are 1 or 2
channel devices which pass the
electrical signal from fire detectors to
the control panel or from the control
panel to the output device. The
barriers limit the amount of energy
to a level that cannot ignite explosive
atmospheres. The over-voltage
protection provided by a ShuntDiode Safety Barrier is with
reference to the safety barrier earth
connection. It is therefore imperative
that a HIGH INTEGRITY EARTH is
used for this type of barrier
(14.2mm pitch).

Page 110

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Codes
517.001.201
MTL728 Single Channel Zener
Safety Barrier
517.001.202
MTL788 Dual Channel Zener Safety
Barrier
546.004.005
Intrinsically safe sounder circuit
interface module

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards


Safety Enclosures
DX Series Enclosures
The MTL DX Series enclosure
equipment is designed to house MTL
5000 isolating interfaces and MTL
7000 series shunt diode safety
barriers. Enclosures are usually
selected on the number of units they
will accommodate. The following
table shows the capacity of each of
the enclosure types.

MTL5000 Isolators 16mm Pitch


4 (2*)
10 (8*)

MTL7000 Barriers 7.5mm Pitch


9 (5*)
22 (18*)

* Use these figures when two IMB7 mounting brackets for tagging/earth rail accessories are included

UC Series Enclosures
The UC series of enclosures
provides a simple but effective
means of mounting and protecting
the MTL3000 series units, in safe
areas. A standard lightweight
enclosure with transparent lid, which
can accommodate 4 units. The
polycarbonate enclosures are impact
resistant, flame retardant and
dustproof to IP65.

Product Codes
517.001.196
UC2 4 Way Barrier Housing
517.001.197
UC4 8 Way Barrier Housing

MT Series Enclosures
The MT series of enclosures
provides a simple, effective means
of mounting and protecting MTL700
Series barriers in safe areas or
low-risk hazardous areas. Three
lightweight polycarbonate enclosures
with see through lids accommodate
up to 2, 5 and 12 barriers in the safe
area. All the enclosures are supplied
ready fitted with a nickel plated brass
busbar mount, so barriers can be
installed and wired up immediately
without special tools.

Product Codes
517.001.198
MT2 2,Way Zener Barrier Housing.
517.001.199
MT5 5,Way Zener Barrier Housing.
517.001.200
MT12 12,Way Zener Barrier Housing

The ERL7 earth rail is a nickel plated


3 x 10mm rail (1 metre long),
suitable for a do-it-your self
mounting arrangement. It will
accommodate up to 2.5 ETM7 earth
terminals per barrier location for
terminating earth returns and cable
screens from the hazardous area.

Product Codes
517.001.205
ERL7 Earth rail I.S. systems
517.001.206
ETM7 Earth termination connection
system
517.001.207
IMB7 Insulating mounting block
517.001.120
System 601 EOL Unit (PK10)

Ancillaries

The IMB7 mounts on a flat surface


or top hat rail (35mm) or G-profile
rail and acts as a convenient method
for mounting the earth busbar.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 111

Intrinsically Safe Barrier Housings

Enclosure
DX070
DX170

Product Codes
517.001.248
DX070 Enclosure MTL 5000/7000
series barriers
517.001.247
DX170 Enclosure for MTL5000/7000
series barriers

Chapter 10 - Beam and Linear Heat Detection


Beam and Linear Heat Detectors
Beam type smoke detection is ideal for large open span buildings where point type detection is unsuitable i.e.
warehousing & sports halls. The range of Linear Heat Detection is of particular use in tunnels and cable ducts and
other similar areas.

Beam Detectors

Features

Range 5 metres up to 100 metres


Area coverage up to 1400m2
Selectable sensitivity
Self-check and automatic compensation
Manual or automatic reset
Optional Mx Technology loop powered interface module
(BDM800)
Suitable for both conventional and addressable fire
systems
Fire/fault interface to MX controller
Low current consumption
Flexible system design options
Robust metal construction
Designed to conform to BS5839 Part 5

Optical Beam Smoke Detectors


The FIRE-RAY 2000 is an active infra-red smoke detector.
The system comprises of three base elements i.e. a
transmitter, receiver and Control Unit.

Analysis of the modulated infra-red beam by the Control


Unit determines whether smoke is present, and if so
generates an alarm signal.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Technical Specification

Transmitter/Receiver
Control Unit
BDM800 (with M520 encl.)

516.015.006.A
Dimensions(mm)
Height Width Depth
95
75
115
260
210
80
87
148
14

Voltage Range-

Fireray 2000
BDM800
Fireray 2000 Quiescent Current
Fireray 2000 Alarm Current

Operating Temp. Range Humidity


(Fireray 2000 & LPBD521)

Fireray
BDM800

Weight
(Kg)
0.4
2.25
0.1

+11.5 to +28Vdc
40V Loop Power
<13mA
<20mA

516.015.007
516.015.008

FireRay2000 optical beam smoke


detector VdS approved, ADT Branded
FireRay2000 optical beam smoke
detector VdS approved, Thorn Branded
FireRay2000 -UL Optical beam smoke
detector - UL approved
FireRay2000 Retro-Reflector 100 x100mm
FireRay2000 Alignment tool

Spares
515484
515485
515487

FireRay2000 Spare Transmitter


FireRay2000 Spare Receiver
FireRay2000 Spare Main PCB

516.015.006.T
920450

-10oC to +55oC
-10oC to +55oC
up to 95% RH

Fireray 2000 Enclosure

(Non-condensing)
IP54

Page 112

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 10 - Beam and Linear Heat Detection


Features

Fire-Ray 50/100R
The FIRE-RAY 50/100R is a reflective infra-red beam smoke
detector. The system comprises of two base elements i.e. a
combined infra-red transmitter and receiver in a common
housing and a reflective prism.

The electronics of the combined transmitter and receiver


unit analyse the reflected beam from the prism for smoke
and generates an alarm condition if a pre-determined level
is reached.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Technical Specification

Transmitter/Receiver
BDM800 (with M520 encl.)

516.015.011
Dimensions(mm)
Height
Width
Depth
210
130
120
87
148
14

Voltage Range - Fire Ray 50/100R


BDM800
Fire Ray 50/100R Quiescent Current
Fire Ray 50/100R Alarm Current

516.015.012

Fire Ray 50R 5 to 50 Metre Reflective


Beam Detector
Fire Ray 100R 50 to 100 Metre Reflective
Beam Detector

+10.2 to +30Vdc
40V Loop Power
<4mA @ 24Vdc
15mA

Operating Temp Range - Fire Ray 50/100R


BDM800
Ingress Protection
(Fire Ray 50/100R)

Weight
(Kg)
0.7
0.1

-30C to + 55C
-10C to + 55C

IP50

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 113

Beam Detectors

Range 5 to 50 metres (50R)


Range 50 to 100 metres (100R)
Area of coverage up to 750m2 (50R), 1500m2 (100R)
Selectable sensitivity
Self-check and automatic compensation
Manual or Automatic Reset
Optional MX Technology loop powered interface module
(BDM800)
Suitable for both Conventional and Addressable Systems
Fire/Fault Interface to the MX Controller
Low current consumption
Flexible System Design Options
Robust ABS Construction
Designed to Conform to BS5839 Part 5, EN54 Part 12, UL
and VdS

Chapter 10 - Beam and Linear Heat Detection


Features

Linear Heat Detection

Fibre optic sensor loop up to 2km


Continuous temperature profiles of temperature on a PC
Programmable functions
Up to 200 Programmable fire detection zones
Multiple and programmable Alarm levels per fire
detection zone
Variable rate of rise function
Unrivalled response times
Optional outputs
Modbus Serial Data

MXF100
This new technology uses a laser light source to launch
light signals into an optical fibre. As pulses travel down
the fibre, energy is lost through scattering. A fraction of
the scattered signal is retained within the fibre. A portion
of this is directed back along the fibre towards the laser
source - this signal is called backscatter. Part of the back
scatter signal (Raman Scattering) is used to provide
accurate remote temperature measurements at hundreds
of points along the fibre.
The MXF100 uses standard communications grade optical
fibre of the 62.5/125 graded index multimode type. The
temperature range is predominantly a function of the
coating used to protect the optical fibre as the fibre itself
is well behaved over a wide temperature range.
Optical fibre itself offers several advantages as a sensing
medium. The signals are immune to electromagnetic
interference thereby ensuring integrity of readings from
electrically noisy areas. As no electrical current is used in
the sensing fibre and the fibre is a relatively inert and
dielectric (non-conducting) medium, it is a safe
technology to use in hazardous environments.
The MXF100 provides several output options, which
operate concurrently to give system design flexibility. 30
programmable relays can be used to map out alarm
zones and signal into a Fire Panel either directly or via an
addressable interface module such as the MX CIM800.
Protocol definition data is provided to enable the MXF100
to be connected via a PLC to a centralised control and

monitoring information centre e.g. SCADA. The definition


for the bespoke MXF Protocol is also available to enable
the development of alternative graphic display interfaces.
The full 200 zone capability of the system can be
exploited using either the Modbus or MX Protocols.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions (mm):
Supply Voltage:

516.016.111

559W x 588H x 120D


230Volt 60Hz/18-32Vdc
(from Analyser)
Power Consumption (Analyser): 25W Max
Supply Current (Analyser): <1A@24Vdc
Fuse rating:
<2A (Anti Surge)
Interface Options:
2 X RS232 Ports - PC & Modbus connection
30 X Programmable Relay Outputs - SPDT 1A @ 24 Vdc
Operating Temperature: 0C to + 40C
Storage Temperature: -40C to + 65C
Humidity: 0 to 95% RH (non condensing)
Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC):
Assessed for Immunity to BS EN 50082-2 and BS EN
50130-4
Assessed for Emmisions to EN61000-6-3

The MXF100 Control Unit is supplied in a wall mounted


cabinet whose style and livery match that of the latest
range of Minerva MX control panels. It is designed to
receive the MXF100 optics unit and provides local alarm
and fault indications, a PSM800 Power Supply Module,
field terminals for connection to signalling relays and a
termination box for the fibre optic splice joints to the
sensing cable.
Standards
The MXF100 System complies with:

EMC Directive 89/336 EEC

Low Voltage Directive 72/2/EEC

516.016.112
516.016.113
516.016.115

MXF100 Fibre Optic Linear Heat


Detection control unit c/w wall mounted
cabinet and PSU.
MXF-SL Sensor Line Thermoplastic
sensor cable (1km reel)
MXF-SS Sensor Tube Stainless Steel
Sensor Cable (1km reel)
MXF100 Assembly for fitting into a
custom housing

Additional Features
Direct to PC
Volt free contacts
Insensitive to EMI

Automatic failure mode


analysis

Intrinsically safe sensor

Loop break recovery operation

Uses standard communications


grade optical fibre
Choice of cable construction
Cable construction for extreme
environments

Page 114

High System Integrity

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Diagnostic capability
Fire progression monitoring
No cable maintenance
Modem for remote
communication

Chapter 10 - Beam and Linear Heat Detection


MXF Optical Fibre Temperature Sensing
USER
Sensor Cable

MXF100
MXF Protocol

Linear Heat Detection

Optional Remote PC
Modbus

PLC

SCADA

Relays

ADDRESSABLE
RELAY INTERFACE

FIRE ALARM
PANEL

Minerva Fireline MXF100 Typical System Layout

Features

Easy and cost effective installation


Good sensitivity with adjustable alarm threshold
Open and short circuit monitoring
Suited for outdoor and indoor applications
Can be used in hazardous areas
Mechanical protection is provided for cables in areas
where damage may occur
Chemical resistance sheathing is available for areas
where petro-chemical corrosion may occur.

Linear Heat Detection


The LD40 linear heat detection system is used to monitor
fire (or overheat) conditions in confined or polluted areas
or where there are adverse or unusually variable
environmental conditions.

The sensor cable is unaffected by dust, moisture or


vibration and requires little maintenance.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Weight:
Operating Temp:
Relative humidity:
Rating:
Operating Voltage:
Quiescent Current:

516.016.005

170H x 105W x 111D mm


0.55Kg
-25C to +70C
Up to 98% RH non-condensing
IP55
+8 to +30Vdc
60-80A

516.016.006

516.016.010
516.016.011
516.016.012

LD40 High resistance sensor cable blue 200M reel


LD40 High resistance sensor cable black
- 200M reel (Nylon sheath suitable for
petrochemical exposure)
LD40 EOL Termination kit (PK10)
LD40 In-line Jointing kit
LD40 Analyser module with conventional
detection zone interface. Requires a
DIM800 or similar zone module interface
to MX Technology addressable loops

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 115

Chapter 11 - Detector Test Equipment


Detector Test Equipment Point Detector Testing/
Commissioning Equipment

Solo Detector Test Equipment

The solo range of test equipment provides a range of easy to use products for commissioning and servicing all
types of point detectors.

Telescope Poles
Product Codes
517.001.230
SOLO100 Telescopic pole 1.26M to
4.5M long

517.001.226
SOLO101 Extension tube 1.13M
long for use with 517.001.230
Telescopic extension pole

517.001.264
SOLO 610 Protective Carry/Storage
Bag for Solo Detector Test Kit

SOLO724 charger. (Connects


directly to SOLO100/101 poles).
517.001.242
SOLO720 Spare battery baton for
use with SOLO 450/460 tester

517.001.243
SOLO725 Spare mains/car battery
charger for SOLO720 battery baton

The tool also enables detector dust


covers to be easily removed.
The 800RT is also compatible for
use with M600 and M900 Series Low
Profile detectors.

Product Codes
516.800.917
800RT removal tool
572.005
800RT removal tool

SOLO330 Test Gas Dispenser


Product Code
517.001.255
SOLO330 Aerosol dispenser for use
with all detector ranges. Connects
directly to SOLO100/101 poles

SOLO461 Heat Detector Tester


Product Codes
517.001.254
SOLO461 Cordless heat detector
tester kit including SOLO460 tester,
SOLO720 battery batons and

Smoke Detector Test Gas


Product Code
517.001.256
Suretest Solo aerosol tester can. For
use with SOLO 330 dispenser. Nonflammable, ozone and environment
friendly. Approx 200 tests per can

CO Detector Tester
Product Code
517.001.262
CO Detector Tester Solo C3-006 for
use with Solo 330 dispenser

800RT Detector Removal Tool


The 800RT detector removal tool fits
the SOLO range of telescopic poles
and allows the 800 Series detectors
to be remotely fitted, removed and
turned to the park position.

SOLO704
Product Code
517.001.224
SOLO704 Adaptor tube B - Adapts
SOLO100/101 pole sets for TYCO
detector changers and testers

SOLO200
Product Code
517.001.240
SOLO200 Universal detector
changer for use with various

Page 116

manufacturers detectors - not


suitable for 600/800/900 series low
profile. Connects directly to
SOLO100/101 poles.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 11- Detector Test Equipment


SOLO TEST EQUIPMENT FOR POINT & FLAME DETECTORS

517.001.262

517.001.256
517.800.917
800 RT
DETECTOR CHANGER

Solo Detector Test Equipment

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 117

Chapter 12 - Callpoints
Callpoints
A comprehensive range of both conventional and addressable callpoints. The range includes weatherproof models
for external mounting.

Callpoints

Features
Integral LED indicator for easy identification of operation
Surface or flush mounting
Extensive range of conventional and analogue
addressable callpoints
Test key facility, speeds maintenance visits
Optional transparent hinged cover
Hazardous areas models available (See Special Hazards
Section)
IP67 Waterproof models for external applications

MCP and CP Series Callpoints


A comprehensive range of callpoints for use with both
conventional and addressable systems. All the callpoints
are designed to enable an alarm signal to be given by
breaking a glass element.

This operates a switch and is indicated by an LED


indicator. If required, an optional transparent hinged cover
may be installed to guard against accidental operation.

Technical Specification
(Indoor & Outdoor)
Housing:
Operating Temp.:
Relative Humidity:

Modified Polyphenylene
Oxide[Noryl SE100]
-20C to +70C
up to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Datasheet - Product Code PSF36 CP200 Series Break Glass


Detectors
Manual - Vol08A-02-D9/D10/D27 Ancillaries Manual

Commonly Used Callpoints


Model
MCP200
MCP210
CP230
MCP270
Keyswitch
CP820
CP830

Page 118

Colour
Red
Red
Red
Yellow
White
Red
Red

Type
Conventional Alert
Conventional Evacuate
Conventional Alert
Conventional Evacuate
Conventional
MX Addressable
MX Addressable

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

IP Rating
24D
24D
67
24D
24D
24D
67

R1/R2 Ohms
120/470
49/39
120/470
47/39
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable

Chapter 12- Callpoints


Callpoints & Pullstations - CP820 Indoor Callpoint
Outdoor Callpoint (IP67)
Weight: 400g

Indoor Callpoint
Weight: 200g

124mm

51.5mm

87mm

87mm

87mm

124mm

87mm

15mm

39mm

Note: Contacts rated at 32Vdc @ 100mA

Red

59mm

Conventional Callpoints

10

Typical Conventional Wiring

IN

R2 R1

OUT

5m

75mm

R2 R1

Typically the conventional callpoint devices draw


no current in the off state, but when activated,
will present an alarm load to the fire detection
control panel. The alarm load is defined by the
internal resistance arrangement for the device.

Callpoints & Pullstations - CP820 Indoor Callpoint


The CP820 is an indoor MX
addressable manual callpoint with
programmable status LED. The
CP820 is designed for LPCB
approvals and the CP820M for Marine
approvals. The CP820 provides high
speed communication to the MX
panel of a manual fire alarm.
Technical Specification
Meets BS5839 Pt.2 and pr EN54
Pt:11
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds EN1 & EN50082-1
Operating Temp.:
-20to +70C

Relative Humidity:
non-condensing
Dimensions:

Weight:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Ident. Value:

up to 95% RH
87H x 87W x 51D
(19mm flush
mount)
200g
0.25mA
2.5mA
129

Product Codes
514.800.503.T
CP820 Indoor Callpoint
(English Thorn Branded)

514.800.503.A
CP820 Indoor Callpoint (English
ADT Branded)
514.800.503.Y
CP820 Indoor Callpoint (English
TYCO Branded)
552.006
CP820 Indoor Callpoint (International)
514.800.511.T
Thorn KAC Indoor Callpoint (Dutch)
552.004
Zettler KAC indoor Callpoint (Dutch)
514.800.505.T
CP820M Marine Indoor Call Point
(Thorn)

Callpoints & Pullstations - CP830 Outdoor Callpoint


The CP830 is an outdoor MX
addressable manual callpoint with
programmable status LED. The
CP830 is designed for LPCB
approvals and the CP830M for Marine
approvals. The CP830 provides high
speed communication to the MX
panel of a manual fire alarm.
Technical Specification
Meets BS5839 Pt.2 and pr EN54
Pt:11
EMC/RFI:
Equal or
exceeds EN61000-6-3 & EN50082-1
Operating Temp.:
-20 to +70C
Relative Humidity:
up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions:
135H x 135W x

Weight:
Quiescent Current:
Alarm Current:
Ident. Value:

30D mm
200g
0.25mA
2.5mA
130

Product Codes
514.800.504.T
CP830 Outdoor Callpoint
(English Thorn Branded)

552.007
CP830 Outdoor Callpoint
(International)
552.005
Zettler KAC Outdoor Callpoint (Dutch)
514.800.512.T
Thorn KAC Outdoor Callpoint (Dutch)
514.800.506.T
CP830M Marine Outdoor Callpoint
(Thorn)

514.800.504.A
CP830 Outdoor Callpoint
(English ADT Branded)
514.800.504.Y
CP830 Outdoor Callpoint
(English TYCO Branded)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 119

MX Addressable Callpoints

Although the callpoint can


be fitted on a 16mm deep
box this leaves little room
for the conductors: A
25mm deep box is
recommended.

Chapter 12 - Callpoints
Conventional MCP200 Callpoint

Conventional Callpoints

The MCP200 is a red indoor callpoint


with alert resistors and LED
indicator. The MCP200 is LPCB
approved.

Product Codes
514.001.142.A
MCP200 without backbox-ADT
branded lid
514.001.142.T
MCP200 without backbox - Thorn
Security branded lid
514.001.142.Y
MCP200 without backbox - Tyco
branded lid

90-110
Standard KAC KR-1 Flush Callpoint
(No resistors fitted)
70-133
Standard KAC KR72-680 Flush
Callpoint
(680 Ohms resistance)

514.001.143.Y
MCP210 Tyco branded

514.001.160.Y
MCP211 Without backbox - Tyco
Branded Lid
514.001.160.A
MCP211 Without backbox - ADT
Branded Lid
514.001.160.T
MCP211 Without backbox - Thorn
Security Branded Lid

Conventional MCP210/MCP211 Callpoint


The MCP210 is a red indoor callpoint
with LED indicator and evacuate
resistors. The MCP210 is LPCB
approved and is supplied without a
backbox.
Product Codes
514.001.143.A
MCP210 ADT branded
514.001.143.T
MCP210 Thorn Security branded

The MCP211 is a red indoor callpoint


with evacuate resistors and LED
indicator. (For use with the
MXC/MXCE Panels only).

Conventional CP230 Callpoint


The CP230 is an IP67 red
weatherproof callpoint with LED
indicator and LPCB approved.

Product Codes
514.001.010.A
CP230 ADT branded
514.001.010.T
CP230 Thorn branded

Conventional MCP270 Callpoint


Product Code
514.001.114
MCP270 Yellow callpoint Evacuate
complete with LED indicator and
backbox - LPCB approved

Other Conventional Callpoints & Keyswitches


Product Code
514.002.002.A
White keyswitch in callpoint housing.
English Bomb Alert marking with
ADT branded lid

Special Marine Callpoints


Product Codes
514.001.012
CP260M Marine callpoint complete
with LED indicator - IP67

Page 120

514.001.013
CP250M Marine callpoint complete
with LED indicator surface mount

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

514.001.010.Y
CP230 Tyco branded

Chapter 12 - Callpoints
Callpoint Ancillaries
Product Codes
90-107
Red M141 spacer for red CP200/800
KAC callpoints

515.001.045
Test keys for all MCP and CP style callpoints

515.001.026
Black callpoint bezel for CP200/800
models.

Ancillaries - Back Boxes


Product Codes
515.001.021
Standard Red surface mounting back
box for MCP & CP indoor callpoints

Unless stated the indoor callpoints are supplied


as flush mount units. The range is approved for
use with the standard backbox. However, SR2-T
and SR3-T backboxes are also available.

10-115
SR2-T Optional Back Box (2
terminals)

95-131
SR3-T Optional Back Box (3
terminals)

Pullstations & Ancillaries


The RMS series of manual pull
stations are of high quality non-toxic
die-cast construction.
Low profile and smooth edges offer
an attractive yet functional design. All
components are pre-painted or have
plated surfaces to inhibit corrosion.
The RMS series of manual
pullstations have a 10 amp snap
action switch. They can be used with
or without a break glass rod for
positive indication that the unit has
been operated.
Hazardous Locations
The RMS series of pull stations are
constructed of high strength metal
die cast alloy.
The UL rating of Class I Group B
(Hydrogen) C & D, Class II Groups E,
F, G, Class III and outdoor rating of
type 4X, allows these stations to offer
unmatched placement flexibility. The
terminal block connections, D.P.D.T

contacts @ 10 amps meet most


electrical requirements.
Having a conventional pull station
design the RMS series stations offer
easy identification.
Features
Die cast metal construction
Low profile functional design
Dual action option
Institutional (Key operated) option
Explosion proof option
Break glass option
Weatherproof option
Hex screw or key lock reset
options
UL Listed
Technical Specification
Dimensions:
118H x 83W x
37D mm
(RMS-1T)
Weight:
560g (RMS-1T)
Contact:
Single pole,
single throw

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

(double pole, single throw optional)


Contact Rating:
10 Amps @
125/250Va.c.
Wire AWG:
12 to 22 AWG
Wiring:
Terminal block
connections
(6-32 w/sem plate)
Switch:
10 Amp @
120Va.c.
Key Switch:
(pre-signal) 0.5
Amp 30Vdc
Product Code
960673
RMS-1T Single action pull
station
960687
Surface Mount Back Box
for use with RMS Pull
Stations
960684
Spare glass rod for use
with RMS pull stations

Page 121

Callpoint Ancillaries & Pullstations

515.001.128
Callpoint hinged cover for use on
MCP callpoints models (Colour Clear)

Chapter 12 - Callpoints
Callpoint Spare Glasses - Current
Product Codes
515.001.119
EN54 Part 11 Spare Glass for MCP
and CP series Callpoints (Pack of 5)

Spare Callpoint Glasses

515.001.025
CP200/500/900 Glasses, clear English
text on white background. No logo
(Pack of 5).

515.001.127
Deformable operating unit glass
with English text for use in place of
glasses, for kitchens or other areas
where glass is not acceptabl. For
MCP callpoints only.
515.001.024
CP200/500/900 spare glasses, white
Arabic/English text with Thorn
Security logo on white background
(Pack of 5)

Callpoint Spare Glasses - Old


Product Codes
515.001.010
Walsall callpoint glasses (Pack of 10)
for service spares. The Walsall
callpoint is an old square callpoint
with round glass
515.001.009
CP100A glass unscored (Pack 10)
for service spares. The CP100A has
a large square glass to the edge of
the callpoint. Used on the same AFA
systems as the ZF121.
515.001.003
ZF121 Callpoint glass (Pack 10) for
service spares. The ZF121 is a
square metal fronted AFA MINERVA
callpoint typically used on Firefinder,
System 1100, ZF/System 1200, CP
and CT systems

Page 122

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

515.001.014
CP200/500/900 Spare glasses, white
Arabic text on clear background
(Pack of 5)
515.001.023
CP200/500/900 spare glasses for
CP200N/CP500N, white dutch text
on clear background (Pack of 5)

Chapter 12- Callpoints


Features
Prevents accidental operation of callpoints
Strong polycarbonatte construction
Optional break seal kit

The callpoint STOPPER provides protection from malicious or


accidental activation of manual callpoints. Available for flush or
surface mounted callpoints the STOPPER is also available with
optional high pitch sounder which is activated when the lid is lifted.
An optional Break-Seal fitting kit allows Break-Seals to be used
to provide extra protection.
Product Code
515.001.029
515.001.030
515.001.036
515.001.034
515.001.035
515.001.031
515.001.032

Ref
STI6530
STI6531
STI6535
STI1230
STI3150
STI6532
STI6533

STOPPER
Flush
Surface





WARNING:- Break seals only to be fitted by agreement with


relevant fire authorities.
The STOPPER is suitable for all callpoints up to 100mm square,
including CP820, CP920, CP200 and other indoor KAC style
callpoints.
STOPPER II

With Sounder

Weatherproof







Product Code

STOPPER Dimensions

515.001.033
IPO36 Break Seal Kit (pack of 1)

Flush Fit

Surface Fit
(+30mm)

Stopper
STI6530
Stopper with Sounder STI6532

STI6531
STI6533

STOPPER
STOPPER II
Max. Callpoint Size 100 x 100mm 160 x 160 mm
Max. Callpoint Depth
57.5
120
(+30mm Surface)

STOPPER II Dimensions

Millimetres
A 137
B 140
C 104
D
45
E 12.5
F 12.5
G 185
H 12.5

Stopper II Surface Fit - STI1230

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 123

Callpoint Stoppers

STOPPER

Chapter 12 - Callpoints
Features

Callpoint Stoppers

Strong polycarbonate construction


Will accommodate CP230 and CP830 callpoints
Tamper resistant

STOPPER II
STOPPER II is constructed as the STOPPER from tough injection
moulded polycarbonate. Physically larger than the STOPPER the
STOPPER II extends the number of products to which these tough
multi-purpose covers can protect.

The STOPPER II is suitable for callpoints up to 160mm square like the


DIN820/830 and CP830.

It consists of a strong tamper-proof clear polycarbonate cover and


frame that fits easily over such products as break glass callpoints.
STOPPER II can also be fitted with an integral battery powered
sounder which activates if the cover is lifted.

Product Codes
515.001.034

STI1230 Surface Fit STOPPER II

Features
Strong polycarbonate construction
Provides environmental protection
Ideal for offshore environments

Weather STOPPER & Weather STOPPER II


The Weather STOPPER and Weather STOPPER II extends the life of
weather exposed devices, such as break glass callpoints, by offering
protection against harsh conditions and environments. Experience
has shown that this protective cover can extend the life of products
installed in saline atmospheres, such as oil rigs and ship decks.

While offering environmental protection the Weather STOPPER and


Weather STOPPER II are constructed from tough durable
polycarbonate which will also guard against tampering, vandalism or
accidental operation of devices such as emergency switches.

Product Codes
515.001.036
515.001.035

Page 124

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

STI6535 Surface fit Weather


STOPPER
STI3150 Surface fit Weather
STOPPER II

Chapter 12- Callpoints


Smoke Beam/CCTV Guard
The Smoke Beam/CCTV Guard is
manufactured from tough coated
steel rod and is designed to protect
projected beam detectors or CCTV
cameras from vandalism or
accidental damage.

Suitable for use with System Sensor,


Hochiki and Fireray 2000 detectors.

Product Code
516.015.009
STI9625 Smoke beam/CCTV guard

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
260H x 200W x
321D mm

The Extinguisher STOPPER is a self


powered electronic security device
which can be installed and
protecting fire extinguishers in
minutes. The Extinguisher STOPPER
is an effective way to stop vandalism,
misuse or theft. This simple self
contained device incorporates a
unique and patented steel cable
operated switch mechanism, which
activates a piercing alarm when the

extinguisher is removed from its


normal position.
One end of the operating cable is
crimped and secured around the
neck of the extinguisher and inserted
into the alarm unit. If the operating
cable is detached from the unit a
10dB sounder is activated.

Product Codes
515.001.038
STI6200 Extinguisher STOPPER
515.001.039
CO23 Spare key for extinguisher
stopper

The Exit STOPPER is a completely


self contained and self powered
security device to protect and deter
the unauthorised use of emergency
exit doors. It is a versatile, reliable
and extremely easy to install
electronic door alarm. If the door is
opened the Exit STOPPER activates
a 110dB electronic sounder.

A key operated over-ride facility is


incorporated into the front of the unit,
which will allow authorised use of the
emergency door.

remote and double door installation.


The unit comes complete with low
battery warning, automatic reset
facility, a choice of steady pulsating
tones, a 9V long life alkaline battery
and installation pack.

Exit STOPPER

The Exit STOPPER is injection


moulded in flame retardant
polycarbonate and can be easily
installed on wooden, glass or metal
doors. There are also options for

Product Code
515.001.037
STI6400 Red Exit STOPPER

Keybox
This tough polycarbonate breakglass
keybox is available to protect
emergency keys.

Product Code
515.001.043
STI6720 Keybox with printed glass

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 125

Stoppers and Key Boxes

Extinguisher STOPPER

Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders


MINERVA Range of Sounders

Sounders & Beacons

A wide range of electronic sounders together with bells, sirens and voice sounders.

A range of sounders to meet a wide variety of alarm applications where loud, penetrating and distinctive warnings must
be given to alert people of fire situations. In addition, multitone electronic sounders can give a variety of sounds to
signal other conditions e.g. extinguishing gas release imminent, etc.
Features

Wide range of both bells and electronic sounders

High sound output characteristics

Low current consumption

Clean lines, modern styling

Easy to install, low installation costs

Weatherproof units for outdoor use

Distinct sounds are available


Motorised and Solenoid bells available
Wide range of voltages available

Datasheet - Product Code PSF11 Audible Alarms

Sounder Type

Weight
(Kg)

Enclosure
to IP

Current
Consumption
@24V d.c.

Sound
Output
db @ 1m

Frequency
(Hz)

Output

150mm 6 Solenoid Bell

1.3

IP20/44

50mA

91

Ringing

150mm 6 Motorised Bell

0.41

IP22

11mA

95

Ringing

200mm 8 Motorised Bell

0.64

IP22

17mA

97

Ringing

FM Bedroom Sounder

0.19

IP44

7mA

90

800-950

AB

Squashni Sounder

0.18

IP43

20mA

85

800-970

ABCD

YODALARM YO3

0.24

IP54

35mA

97

800-1000

ABE

YODALARM YO5

0.55

IP54

20mA

91

800-1000

ABE

YODALARM YO8

2.42

IP54

330mA

112

800-1000

ABE

A - Continuous
B - Fast Sweep ie 9 times/sec
C - Slow Sweep ie 3 times/sec
D - Buzz ie 120 times/sec
E - Interrupted

Page 126

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders


Bells

Features
Solenoid Operated
Designed for Long Life
Stove Enamelled Dome

Bells

6 Red Solenoid Operated Friedland Bell


The bells are the underdome type, with a high resonance
pressed alloy-steel gong to ensure a loud clear-tone ring.

The operating mechanism is fully enclosed and the gong is


red stove enamelled for long life. The bells are designed
for internal use, but gasket sealed conduit boxes can be
provided for external use.

Product Codes
576.500.004.A
576.500.004.T
576.500.009.A

240V Red bell 6 240Va.c. solenoid


operated. Fire text with ADT branding
240V Red bell 6 240Va.c. solenoid
operated. Fire text with Thorn branding
24V Bell 6 24V d.c. solenoid operated.
Fire text with ADT branding

576.500.009.T
577.001.002

24V Bell 6 24V d.c. solenoid


operated.Fire text with Thorn branding
Weatherproof gasket box 6 for use with
Solenoid operated bells

Features

CE marked
Low current 6 bell (ONLY 11MA)
Low cost
Extra high 95dBA/m
Slim profile (53mm)
Fully suppressed and polarised
Quick and easy to install
LPCB approved to EN54 Pt 3

6 & 8 Motorised Bells

Product Codes

Model
MBF-6EV
MBF-8EV
MBA 8EV
Rated Voltage 24V d.c.
24V d.c.
24V d.c.
Rated Current
11mA
17mA
18mA
Sound output 90-95dBA
90-97dBA
91-97dBA
Operating Temp
-12 to +50C
-10 to +50C
Colour
Red
Weight
410g
640g
1100g with back box

576.501.039.A
576.501.039.T
576.501.040.A
576.501.044.A
576.501.044.T
576.501.045

MBF-6EV ADT Branded


MBF-6EV Thorn Branded
MBF-8EV ADT Branded
MBA-8EV ADT Branded
MBA-8EV Thorn Branded
BBX4 (2) W/P Backbox for MBA-8 Bell

(Other branding available on request.)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006


Page 127

Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders


Features

Bells

Low Current Consumption


Supressed and Polarised
Sturdy Construction

CF Motorised Bells
The CF Motorised bells are low current, fully suppressed
and polarised.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Colour:

576.501.022.A

Output Voltage:
Typical Current:
Typ. Sound Output:

6 & 8 Diameter available


Red (other colours available
to order)
18-30Vdc
22mA@24Vdc
94dB(A)@1m

576.501.022.T
576.501.023.A
576.501.023.T

6" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire'


ADT Branding
6" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire'
Thorn Branding
8" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire'
ADT Branding
8" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire'
Thorn Branding

text with
text with
text with
text with

Features
Weatherproof Option
Flexible Mounting Option
Attractive Design

Electronic Solenoid Bell


Unique patented alarm bell with miniature solenoid and
integrated electronic control. No backbox required for
surface wiring.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:
Output Voltage:
Typical Current:
Typ. Sound Output:

20-100 6 24Vdc Electronic bell, weatherproof - Wormald


branded - red
20-101 6 24Vdc Electronic bell - Wormald branded - red

Page 128

6 diameter
18-30Vdc
24Vdc@30mA
94dB (A)@1m

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders


UL Approved Bell
A red underdome type bell for use where UL Approval is required.

UL Bell

Features
UL Approved
Red enamelled steel gong
Die Cast Housing

Notification Appliances - Motor Types


These alarm bells are ideal warning devices for schools,
stores, public buildings and any other location with low to
moderate ambient noise levels. These alarm bells are
completely enclosed in an aluminium die cast housing with
red enamelled steel gongs. These alarm bells can be
mounted in standard outlet boxes or 4 x 4 junction boxes.
All are specifically designed for use with fire alarm systems
and are UL listed.

in a reverberant room and sound power output is measured


at various points along a 10 radium from the wall (i.e. the
spherical dB measurement represents an average of
several readings taken along a 180 arc, 10 feet from the
bell).
Indoor Measurement
Sound level in the indoor installation may vary depending
upon room size and acoustical loading.

UL Spherical dB Measurement
Sound level measurements are made in accordance with
UL Test Standard 464. The audible device is wall mounted

Technical Specification
Technical Specification
Product Code
Vibrating Type Rated Size (Inches) Rated Current
Voltage Polarised
508722
24Vdc
6
0.03A

Starting Voltage
12V

UL Spherical dB
Measurement
84

Indoor Measurement
86-89

Product Codes
508722

K-MP-6P 6 UL Bell 30mA 85dB

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 129

Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders


Features

Banshee Multi-tone Sounder

New Aesthetic Design


32 Selectable Tones
3 Volume Settings
Push and Twist Mount
Low Current Consumption

Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder


The Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder replaces the well
established range of Banshee and Bedlam sounders.
The new range provides a compact unit capable of 32
tones and also incorporating a volume control.

The Banshee is easily installed and is fitted with robust


loop through terminations. The design incorporates a
bayonet push and fit feature for easy installations.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

LPC and Vds approved to EN54 pt 3


Low Current consumption
32Tones
3 Volume settings
Rated at IP66 or IP45
Operating temperature:
-40 C to +70C
Operating Voltage:
9 to 30 Vdc

576.501.005.A

576.501.005.T

576.501.016.A

576.501.016.T

576.501.025.A

Page 130

EFire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red, Low


profile base (ADT) (Replaces
576.501.004.A & 576.001.008.A)
Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red, Low
profile base (Thorn) (Replaces
576.501.004.T, 576.501.008.T &
576.501.019)
Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red,
Weather Proof base (ADT)
(Replaces 576.501.015.A &
576.501.024.A)
Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red,
Weather Proof base (Thorn) (Replaces
576.501.015.T & 576.501.024.T)
Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder White, Low
Profile base(ADT) (Replaces
576.501.033.A)

Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders


Tone Information
No.

Banshee 12V
Frequency and Timing

Banshee LF Buzz

800Hz ato 950Hz swept at 120Hz*

94

100

12

00000

Banshee LF Fast Sweep

800Hz to 950 swept at 9Hz*

94

100

12

10000

Banshee LF Slow Sweep

800Hz to 950Hz swept at 3Hz*

94

100

12

01000

Banshee LF Continuous

Continuous at 850Hz*

95

101

12

11000

Banshee LF Fast Sweep (New)

830Hz to 970Hz swept at 9Hz*

95

101

12

00100

Medium Sweep LF

800Hz to 970Hz swept at 1 Hx*

95

102

12

10100

Continuous LF

Continuous at 970Hz*

97

103

12

01100

Backup Alarm LF

Intermittent at 950Hz 1s on, 1s off*

97

103

11100

Alternate LF

Alternating 800Hz/1000Hz,0.5s each sound*

94

101

14

00010

10

Medium Sweep LF

800Hz/1000Hz swept at 0.5s*

95

101

12

10010

11

Alternate LF

Alternating tones 800/950Hz*

96

103

14

01010

12

Banshee/Bedlam HF buzz

2400Hz to 2900Hz at 120Hz

15

102

12

110

25

11010

13

Banshee/Bedlam HF Fast Sweep

2400Hz to 2900Hz at 9Hz

15

103

12

110

25

00110

14 Banshee/Bedlam HF Slow Sweep

2400Hz to 2900Hz at 3Hz

15

103

12

110

25

10110

Continuous at 2900Hz at 3Hz

15

105

12

112

30

01110

2450Hz to 3100Hz swept at 9Hz

15

103

12

110

25

11110
00001

Banshee/Bedlam HF Continuous

16 Banshee/Bedlam HF Fast Sweep (New)

dBa (Typ)

mA(Typ)

dBA(Typ) mA(Typ)

12345

17

Back up Alarm LF

Intermittent at 2900Hz 1s on 1s off

15

105

112

15

18

Alternate LF

Alternating tones 2400/2900Hz at 3Hz

15

104

12

110

25

10001

19

Slow Whoop

500Hz rising to 1200Hz over 3.5, silence 0.5s, repeat

96

101

12

01001

20

Din Tone (DK)

1200Hz falling to 500Hz over 1s, silence 10ms, repeat

93

101

14

11001

21

French Fire Sound

554Hz for 100ms and 440Hz for 400ms

90

96

10

00101

22

Australian Alert SIgnal

420Hz repeating 0.625s on, 0.625s off

88

94

10101

23

Australian Evacuation Signal

24

US Temporal Tone LF

25

US Temporal Tone HF

26

Swedish Tone (Fire)

27
28

500Hz rising to 1200Hz over 3.75s on, 0.25s off


950Hz for 0.5s on 0.5s off, for 3 phases, silence for 1.5s & repeat
2900Hz for 0.5s on 0.5s off, for 3 phases, silence for 1.5s & repeat

96

103

12

01101

96

103

11101

15

105

112

12

00011

Intermittent 660Hz 150ms on, 150ms off

26

81

87

10011

Swedish Tone (all Clear)

Continuous 660Hz

27

84

89

14

01011

ISO8201LF

Intermittent 970Hz 500ms on, 550ms off*

28

96

103

11011

29

ISO8201HF

Intermittent 2900Hz 500ms on, 500ms off

29

106

112

15

00111

30

BT Banshee (FP1063.1)

Yodel 800Hz/1000Hz, 0.25s each frequency*

31

93

101

14

10111

31

BT Banshee (FP1063.1)

Continuous 1000Hz*

31

95

102

17

01111

32

Bell Tone

Bell Tone*

32

96

101

17

11111

*Tone meets frequency requirements of BS5839 Pt. 1 1988

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 131

Banshee Multi-tone Sounder

Description

15

2nd Tone

Banshee 24V

Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders

Banshee Accessories

Accessories
The combined mounting bracket for
the Besson Multi-tone Banshee and
Xenon Beacon allows quick and
neat installation of combined
sounders and beacons. The
bracket allows the following
electronic sounders to be mounted
with the range of 1W Xenon
Beacons:
Besson Banshee
Loop powered MINERVA Besson
Banshee
MINERVA FIRECRYER voice
enhanced sounder

The bracket can be used with


any of the 24Vd.c 1W Xenon
beacons in red, clear, amber or
blue (Part no.'s
540.001.030/031/032 & 033)

Product Code
576.501.047
Banshee/Xenon bracket

Besson Wafer Sounder


The standard Besson Wafer
sounder is supplied in white with a
blank cover included. The
specification is as follows:
Input voltage: 24V d.c. (+/-25%)
Sound Output: 60dBA/90dBA at 1m
typical (pot. Adjustable) offering the
same sound formats as the
Banshee sounder range. It can
therefore be used in conjunction
with the Banshee sounders on the
same site.

Technical Specification
Current:
4mA to 15mA
Temperature Range: -40C to + 70C
Dimensions:
Dia 103mm,
Height 22mm
(excluding coverplate)

Product Code
576.501.038
Besson wafer sounder and blank
cover in white

Features
Low current consumption 7mA
Dual sound options selected via
a jumper switch: Continuous
and Fast Sweep 90dB
Can be both Flush and Surface
mounted
Robust terminal connectors to
accommodate up to 2.5mm2
conductors

Product Codes
576.501.032.A
Flush Mount Sounder ADT Branded
576.501.032.T
Flush Mount Sounder Thorn
Branded

Flush Mount Bedroom Sounder


Meeting the requirements for
BS5839 part 1, the Bedroom
Sounder range is well suited to
hotels and residential environments
where aesthetics is a prime
concern. Matching the sound
output of the Banshee range of
sounders so therefore they can be
mixed on a site.

Page 132

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders


Banshee IS28
Product Code
576.501.013
IS28VCL MK4 Banshee BS5839 Low
Frequency ATEX certified intrinsically
safe grey sounder - 94dBA, 10mA.
Certificate Number :
ITS03ATEX21311x EExia IIC T5.

Product Code
576.502.011
Klaxon Mini Mono P 24Vdc siren
103dB@1mtr
1000Hz
500mA@24Vdc.

Yodalarms
This versatile range of sounders are
ideally suited for fire, safety and
security hazard warning.

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
YO3:
89H x 89W x 85D mm
YO5:
134H x 134W x 128D mm
YO8:
216H x 216W x 153D mm

Product Codes
576.501.001
YO3 Yodalarm 3 24Vdc 100dB @
1Mtr
576.501.002
YO5 Yodalarm 5 24Vdc 106dB @
1Mtr
576.501.003
YO8 Yodalarm 8 24Vdc 112dB @
1Mtr

MINERVA 1-4, T880 Modules and


sounder circuits on the MINERVA
main processor are available as
follows.

Product Code
509.013.031
Spare sounder circuit EOL unit

Sounder Circuit EOL


The sounder circuit EOL units or
EOL resistors are supplied with the
relevant control panels and sounder
modules. Spare sounder circuit EOL
modules for System 1600, 1700,

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 133

Other Electronic Sounders

Klaxon Mini Mono Siren

Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders


Minerva Firecryer - Voice Enhanced Sounders
The MINERVA FIRECRYER is an electronic sounder, which provides as default the same electronic sound as the
MINERVA Besson Banshees.

FireCryer

Features
Up to 4 predefined voice messages
Custom messages available
Low current consumption

Firecryer
The FIRECRYER provides up to 4 predefined voice
messages, which can be synchronised across a zone of
sounders.

The FIRECRYER offers an excellent service upgrade


opportunity in the UK for systems installed to BS5839pt1
and may also provide opportunities elsewhere.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions :

576.501.101

IP45 - 92dia 61.3 Hmm


IP66 - 92dia 85.5 Hmm
Operating Voltage:
Nominally 24Vdc
Min. 18Vdc Max. 30Vdc
Current Consumption: Average 19mA
Min. 10mA
Max.23mA
(Subject to message)
(at max. output)
Sound output:
Fast sweep - 100dBA
Voice message:
97dBA approx
Volume Control Via DIP switch with - 18dB range from
maximum
Polarity D.C.
reverse polarity protection
Operating Temp:
-25C to +70C
Humidity:
90% relative humidity
(non-condensing)
Weatherproofing:
Standard base IP45
Special base IP66
Housing Material:
Red Flame-retardant ABS
Standard Messages
AK - Fire Emergency, Please remain calm and evacuate
the building immediately
AB - This is a fire alert. This is a fire alert. Await further
instructions. Await further
instructions.
SP - This is an ADT fire alarm test. No action required
AE - Fire Alarm Test Now Complete

Page 134

576.501.103

576.501.042

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

MFC4SB Firecryer multi message


switching PCB for use with multimessage MINERVA Firecryers
MFC4ENC 4 message synch board
enclosure with 3 position keyswitch for
use with 576.501.101
Banshee IP66 backbox for Loop
powered Banshee and Firecryers

Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders


FIRECRYER contd
Single and Multi Message Variants
Single message versions provide fast retrofit and are self
synchronising.
Multi-messagge versions only require a multi-message
switching PCB added at the fire panel which then allows
all FIRECRYERS on two sounder circuits to be
synchronised.
Low Power
The FIRECRYER takes marginally more power than an
equivalent electronic sounder. This enables voice
enhanced sounders to be offered without the high
additional cost of large battery backups.
Standard Products
The FIRECRYER is available in 2 models (Single and 4
message) in ADT branding with pre-defined English
messages and 100dBA fast sweep alert sound to
comply with BS5839Pt1. Other variants with different
branding, languages, messages and different tones are
available upon request.

Multi Message Switching Board


PCB Dimensions

MFC4SB
138 x 100mm

EMC/RFI

CE Marked

Operating Temp

-5 to +55C

Operating Voltage

18-30V d.c.

Quiescent Current

6mA (Max)

Message Mode

28mA

Sounder Circuit

2 x 500mA Fused

MINERVA FIRECRYER - Single Message Configuration


Sounder O/P S1
Fire Alarm Panel

A (Max 500mA)

To Sounders

Sounder O/P S2

B (Max 500mA)

MINERVA FIRECRYER - Four Message Configuration


Sounder O/P S1
Fire Alarm Panel
Sounder O/P S2

A (Max 500mA)
MFC4SB
2 3 4

To Sounders
B (Max 500mA)

Push-buttons
Key-Switch

Product Codes

Product
Message
Brand
Synchronised
Reference
1
2
3
4
576.501.034.A
MFC1SEA
AK
ADT
Yes
576.501.035.A
MFC4SUA
AK
AB
SP
AE
ADT
Yes
576.501.104.A
*MFC4SCA
Customer Defined
ADT
Yes
* For recording of special messages there is a charge. This can be ordered under product code
576.501.105 MFC-CM. This includes the supply of a different timer chip for MFC4SB synchronisation
board.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 135

FireCryer

Additional Features
Single and Four Message Variants
A single message can confirm that the electronic sound
is a fire alarm warning and differentiate it from other
electronic sounders used in an environment. With four
messages fire tests can be easily differentiated from alert
and evacuate messages.
Two Wire Connection
The FIRECRYER uses a standard 2 wire 24V d.c.
connection to carry power, message switching and
message synchronisation. This enables a quick and
easy upgrade to existing bells and sounders
MINERVA Banshee Compatible
The electronic alarm sound and mechanics of the
FIRECRYER are the same as other Banshee sounders in
the range. This allows them to be mixed with other
sounders in a zone. It also means that existing
Banshees can be very quickly upgraded to
FIRECRYERs.

Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders


Fulleon Range of Sounders
MXC/MXCE 2 Wire Symphoni Sounder

Fulleon Sounders

A Symphoni electronic sounder


designed specifically for installation
on the detection zone of the
MXC/MXCE panel

Technical Specification
Sound Output @ 1M: 100dB(A) +/2dB(A) @ 24Vdc
Tones:
Continuous - 970Hz
Alternating - 970/800 Hz
at 2 Hz
Pulsed - 970 Hz at 1Hz
Operating Temp:
-25 to+70 C
Construction: Red/White ABS
Ingress Protection: IP42
Termination: 2.5mm2 Screw Terminals

Product Codes
576.501.204
Symphoni 2 Wire Sounder (Red)
576.501.205
Symphoni 2 Wire Sounder (White)

Fulleon 24Vdc Symphoni Sounder


The 24 Vdc Symphoni Sounder is a
general purpose internal sounder,
available either as a very high output
sounder for noisy areas, or a high
output low current sounder for
applications where power is limited.
Both versions share the same horn
and backbox which has double
cable entries for ease of installation.
The low power version has 3
selectable tones which may be
employed for one, two or three stage
alarm applications. The high output
version has 32 selectable tones and
retains full tone compatibility with the
Roshni, Squashni and Askari product
ranges.

Product Codes
576.501.200
SY/R Low Power Red Symphoni
Sounder (3 tone)
576.501.201
SY/W Low Power White Symphoni
Sounder (3 tone)
576.501.202
SYHO/R High Output Red Symphoni
Sounder (32 tone)
576.501.203
SYHO/W High Output White
Symphoni Sounder (32 tone)

Technical Specification
Model
Operation
Operating Voltage Range
Sound Output @ 1m
Volume Control
Current Consumption
Tones

Symphoni High Output


2 Hours Continuous
9-28Vdc
Up to 120dB(A)

Synchronisation
Frequency Stability
Operating Temperature
Line Monitoring Method
Construction
Ingress Protection
Weight

Synchronised Start
+/- 0.15%
-25 C to +55C
Polarised Input
ABS Plastic Case
IP42
0.58Kg

240mA +/- 20mA on Tone 3


1 to 32 (see table in Flashni section)

Symphoni (Low Power)


Continuous
12-30Vdc
100dB(A) +/- 2dB(A) @24Vd. c.
Down to 80dB approx.
5mA +/- 1mA at all volumes
Alternating 990Hz/650Hz@2Hz
Continuous 990Hz
Intermittent 990Hz, On/Off@1Hz
Synchronised Start
+/- 0.5%
-25C to +70C
Polarised Input
ABS Plastic Case
IP42
0.212Kg

Roshni
A flexible alarm sounder for Fire and
Security applications complete with
volume control and dil switch to
provide 32 tones.
Low profile Roshni with Deep base
offers IP65 protection. All Roshni
sounders have synchronised start for
self synchronisation without third
wire.

Page 136

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
93 Dia x 105D
mm
(Deep base)
Colour:
Red or white
available
Approvals:
None
(Approved variants
available)
Output Voltage:
9-28Vdc
Typical Current:
24Vdc@16mA
Typ. Sound Output: @1m 102dB

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Codes
ROSHRDSR
ROSHNI Sounder deep base - red
171.392
ROSHNI Sounder deep base - white
576.501.220
ROSHNI Sounder shallow base - red
576.501.221
ROSHNI Sounder shallow base white

Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders


Squashni
The Squashni electronic sounder is
the original ceiling sounder for use
as a universal fire detector platform
or as a stand alone sounder
complete with blank cover. It comes
preset to tone 3 with a volume
control and is fully compatible with
Roshni tones, synchronised start.

Product Codes
576.501.030
Squashni white 24Vdc
576.501.031
Blank cover plate white for Squashni

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
87.5H x
85.75W
x 36D mm
Colour:
Red or white
available
Approvals:
BS 5839 pt 1
Output Voltage:
9-28Vdc
Typical Current:
24Vdc@16mA
Typ. Sound Output: @1m 95dB (A)

Product Codes
576.501.240
Askari sounder, tone 3 - red
576.501.241
Askari sounder, tone 3- white

Fulleon Sounders

Technical Specification
Dimensions:
112 Dia x 27D mm
Colour:
Matched to
leading fire
detector
manufacturers
Approvals:
None
(Approved variants
available)
Output Voltage: 9-28Vdc
Typical Current: 24Vdc@16mA
Typ. Sound Output:
@1m 93dB (A)

Askari Compact
The Askari Compact is a compact
bedroom sounder for unobtrusive
installation. It comes preset to tone 2
or 3 with a volume control and is
fully compatible with Roshni tones,
synchronised start. A surface mount
backbox is available from the
supplier to special order.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 137

Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders


Features

Fulleon Flashni

Combined strobe & sounder


Matches Roshni sounders
Weather Resistant to IP65

Flashni
Combined sounder and beacon, combines the features of
the Roshni electronic sounder with a fully integrated Xenon
beacon.

These sounders are fully compatible with all Roshni tones,


automatic sounder synchronisation. Weather resistant to
IP65.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:

20-118

Output Voltage:
Typical Current:
Typ. Sound Output:

Page 138

93 Dia x 92D mm
(Shallow base)
93 Dia x 121D mm
(Deep base)
18-30Vdc
68m@A24Vdc
101dB (A)@1m

576.501.224

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Combined Roshni sounder/strobe


complete with deep base
Combined Roshni Sounder/Strobe Red
Body/Red Lens Low Profile complete
with shallow base & tone switch.

Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders


Fulleon Sounder Tone Compatibility Table
Fulleon Tone

Tone Number

CONTINUOUS TONE (970HZ)

14

2 Wire Symphoni

24V Symphoni

Sounder Base
601SB/601SBD
602SB/602SBD
901SB

SWITCH A B

SWITCH 1 2 3 4 5

SWITCH 1 2 3 4

10

10010

111X
(880Hz)

PULSED/INTERMITTENT TONE (970HZ@ 1HZ)

25

11

00111

011X

ALTERNATING TONE (970HZ/800HZ@2HZ)

01

(CLOSEST MATCH)

(990HZ/650HZ@2HZ)

11111

N/A

DUTCH SLOW WHOOP


(500Hz-1200Hz-3s on/0.5s off)

N/A

11001

000X

SLOW SWEEP (800Hz/970Hz@1Hz)

N/A

11101

010X

FAST SWEEP (800Hz/970HZ@7HZ)

N/A

11110

100X

TWO TONE/ALTERNATING (800HZ/970HZ@1HZ)

11

N/A

10101

110X
(660Hz/880Hz@1Hz)EURO ONLY

Fulleon Sounder Tone Table


No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

1st TONE
2nd TONE
ALT TONES 800/970 at 1/4 Hz
14
SWEEPING 800/970Hz at 7Hz
14
SWEEPING 800/970Hz at 1Hz
14
CONTINUOUS at 2850Hz
14
SWEEPING 2400-2850Hz at 7Hz
4
SWEEPING 2400-2850Hz at 1Hz
4
SLOW WHOOP
14
SWEEP 1200-500 at 1Hz
14
ALT TONES 2400/2850 2Hz
4
INT TONE OF 970Hz at 1Hz
14
ALT TONES 800/970 Hz at 1Hz
14
INT TONE at 2850 Hz at 1Hz
4
970Hz at 1/4 SEC. ON 1 SEC. OFF
14
CONTINUOUS AT 970Hz
14
554 FOR 100ms and 440Hz FOR 400ms
14
INT 660Hz 150ms ON/150ms OFF
16
INT 660Hz 1.8s ON/1.8s OFF
17
INT 660Hz 6.5s ON/13s OFF
18
CONTINUOUS 660Hz
19
ALT 554/440Hz at 1Hz
20
INT 660Hz 1Hz
21
INT 2850Hz 150ms ON 100ms OFF
14
SWEEP 800-970Hz at 50Hz
14
SWEEP 2400-2850Z at 50 Hz
4
INTERMITTENT 970Hz 500ms ON
500ms OFF
25
INTERMITTENT 2850HZ 500ms ON
500ms OFF
26
CONTINUOUS AT 4kHz
27
ALTERNATING TONES 800/970 AT 2Hz
10
ALTERNATING TONES 988/645 AT 2Hz
988Hz
ALTERNATING 510/610 at 1Hz
510Hz
SWEEPING 300-1200 at 1Hz
31
CONTINUOUS AT 4kHz
27

TYPICAL (mA/24V)
18
19
18
29
23
23
15
16
27
1
18
20
7
20
12
9
12
10
14
13
9
19
18
22

TYPICAL SOUND OUTPUT(dB @ 1m)


104
105
105
116
114
113
103
103
113
106
105
116
102
107
99
87
91
90
90
95
87
113
105
112

12

100

18
33
15
19
13
19
33

109
84
101
100
97
97
84

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 139

Fulleon Tone Chart

(880Hz@1Hz)EURO ONLY

Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders


Range of Sounders
Features

Flameproof Horn Sounder

For use in hazardous areas


Robust GRP construction
Powerful Output, up to 115dBA

DB3 Flameproof Horn Sounder


This lightweight all GRP flameproof sounder is intended
for use in potentially explosive gas and dust atmospheres
and has been designed with high ingress protection to
cope with the harsh environmental conditions found
offshore and onshore in the oil, gas and petrochemical
industries.

The flamepaths, flare and the body, are manufactured


completely from a UV stable glass reinforced polyester.
Stainless steel screws and sinter are incorporated thus
ensuring a corrosion free product. A tapered flamepath is
used to overcome the problems of assembly of parallel
spigot flamepaths.

Technical Specification
Terminals:
Mounting:
Cable Entries:
Tone Selection:
Certification:

UL Listed:

GOST Certification:
Material:

Sound Output:
Nominal Output (dBA)

Page 140

*Output measured with 24V input voltage. Tone set to


6 x 2.5mm2
Stainless steel bracket with ratchet 970Hz continuous.
facility
Weight:
6.0kg approx
1 x 20mm EExd.
Ingress Protection:
IP66
27 user selectable tones.
Voltage:
Up to 48Vdc
CENELEC EN50014,18,19
Current
BASEEFA Cert. No.
380mA at 24Vdc
BAS00ATEX2097X, EExd IIC 100C Consumption:
(-55 t. amb + 55C)T5. Zones 1
and 2.
Certified Temperature:
Class 1 Div 2, Groups A-D
EExd
UL
GOST Exd
Class 1 Zones 1 & 2, AExd IIC T4.
DB3
-20C
-55C
-20C
Listing No. E203310.
to +55C to +55C to +50C
1Exd IIC T4 & 1Exde IIC T4
Cert. No. A-0759.
Body & horn in anti-static, UV
stable, glass reinforced polyester.
Product Code
Swivel bracket & captive cover
576.501.043
Flameproof Horn Sounder
screws in stainless steel.
(DB3/D/048/N/1B/N/R)
115dB(A) +/- 3dB(A)(tone
dependent).
Input Current (mA)*
93
50
105
100
108
150
111
200
112
250
114
300
115
350

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 15 - Visual Indicators


Visual Indicators
Our range includes LED & Xenon beacons together with flameproof and intrinsically safe models for hazardous
areas.

Lamp Buzzer units may be used for


local alarms when high level audible
warnings may not be appropriate.
Available in flush and surface mount
versions to fit standard single
backboxes.

Technical Specifications
Dimensions:
90H x 90W x
40D mm
Current Rating:
15mA at
24Vdc
nominally

Product Code
540.011.012

540.011.013

Features
Low Current
Flush or Surface Mount
Hi-Brightness LED

Single gang
flush mount
LED
(red)/Buzzer
Unit labelled
Fire Alarm
Single gang
surface mount
LED
(red)/Buzzer
Unit labelled
Fire Alarm c/w
surface
backbox.

Solista LED Beacon


Ultra low power requirement 3mA
or 6mA at 24Vdc. Long life low
profile design. Protected to IP54,
supplied complete with base.

Product Code
576.501.230
Solista LED Beacon (Red)

Easy AVTM Retrofit LED Beacon


This low power LED beacon is
designed to be retrofitted to existing
Banshee or Roshni electronic
sounders. Easy and fast installation
typically 3 min. Low power 6mA
max at 24Vdc High Output LEDs

Product Codes
576.501.012
Easy AV strobe for Banshee
Sounders
576.501.228
Easy AV strobe for Roshni
Sounders

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 141

Lamp Buzzer and LED Beacons

Single Gang Lamp/Buzzer Units

Chapter 15 - Visual Indicators


Features

Xenon Beacons

Available in 1, 2, 3 and 5 watts


Protected to I.P. 65
Attractive low profile design
Optional bracket for mounting both Beacon and
Banshee Sounder

Xenon Beacons - 24V Including Surface Mount Adaptor


This high quality range of Xenon beacons are tested to IP
65 making them ideal for the most stringent applications.

Each beacon incorporates a low profile Frestral lens


designed to give maximum light output.
The mounting base is available to mount both the beacon
and a sounder.

Technical Specification
Voltage
V d.c.
24
24
24
24

Power Output Alarm Current


Watt(s)
mA
1
42
2
84
3
126
5
210

Flash Rate
60/min
60/min
60/min
60/min

Rating

Temp. Range

IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65

-30
-30
-30
-30

to
to
to
to

+70C
+70C
+70C
+70C

Dimensions (mm)
Height
Diameter
51
75
51
75
51
75
75
90

Product Codes
540.001.030
540.001.031
540.001.032
540.001.033
20-112
20-113
20-120

Page 142

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low
Low

profile
profile
profile
profile
profile
profile
profile

clear 24Vdc 1 watt


blue 24Vdc 1 watt
amber 24Vdc 1 watt
red 24Vdc 1 watt
2 watt Red
5 watt Red
3 watt Red

Chapter 15 - Visual Indicators


Features
Robust Corrosion Resistant GRP body
High Power (5 Joule)
Certificated Flameproof

These certified beacons have been designed for use in


potentially explosive gas and dust atmospheres and harsh
environmental conditions. The glass reinforced polyester
enclosures are suitable for use offshore or onshore, where
light weight combined with corrosion resistance is required.

The beacon housing is manufactured completely from a


U.V. stable, glass reinforced polyester. Stainless steel
screws and mounting bracket are incorporated ensuring a
totally corrosion free product.

Technical Specification

Product Code

Voltage
(Joules:)
Peak Current:
Consumption (mA):
Effective Intensity (Cd):
Peak Intensity (Cd):
Power Consumption
(Watts):
Note:

540.001.039

Weight:
Certified Temperature:
Ingress Protection:
Terminals:
Entries:

24Vdc Tube Energy


5
320
29
22213

Flameproof Xenon Beacon


(XB11B02406RNBNNNR)

8
The Cd figures are for a clear
lens @ 1Hz flash rate. For red
lens multiple by 0.15
2.5Kg
EExd -55C to + 55C (T5)
-55C to + 40C (T6)
IP66
6 x 2.5mm2
2 x 20mm ISO EExd.

Certification:

BASEEFA EExd IIB 100 C


(-55 t. amb +55C)T5.
85 C (-55 t.amb + 40C)T6.
Cert. No. 99 ATEX 2195X.
CENELEC EN50014 and
EN50018

Material:

Body: - Glass reinforced


polyester
Lens: - Glass.
Cover Screws + Backstrap: Stainless steel 316.
Finish: Red

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 143

Flameprooof Xenon Beacon

XB11 Flameproof Xenon Beacon

Chapter 15 - Visual Indicators


Features

Intrinsically Safe Xenon Beacon

Robust GRP Body


Suitable for offshore and petrochem
Certificated Intrinsically Safe

XB8 Intrinsically Safe Beacon


This ruggedised, intrinsically safe and weatherproof
beacon is intended for use in potentially explosive
atmospheres, and has been designed with high ingress

protection to cope with the harsh environmental conditions


found offshore and onshore in the oil, gas and
petrochemical industries

Technical Specification

Product Code

Certification:

540.001.038

CENELEC EN50014, 20 & 39


BAS02ATEX1258X
EExia IIB T4
Zones 0,1 & 2
Material:
UV stable glass reinforced
polyester body. Clear
polycarbonate cover/lens.
Retained stainless steel cover
screws.
Finish:
Self coloured red
Tube Type:
Xenon discharge
Lens Colour:
Clear
Terminals:
8 x 2.5mm2
Flash Rate:
1 flash per second
Cable Entries:
Up to 3 x M20 via knockouts.
Tube Energy:
0.5 Joules
Weight:
1.4kg
Certified Temperature: -55C TO + 60C
Ingress Protection:
IP66
Tube Life:
>1 x 106Flashes
Voltage:
24V via suitable barrier
Current Consumption: 71mA max nominal

Page 144

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Intrinsically Safe Xenon Beacon


(XB8BB024CNR)

Chapter 16 - Auxiliary Interface Relays and Housings


Auxiliary Interface Relays and Housings
Relays and housings to facilitate interfacing of fire alarm controllers to other services.

Product Codes
567.005.004
Relay 5010. Supplied with 1 PCB but
can fit a maximum of 2 PCBs each
containing up to 5 plug in relays.
Order relay (569.001.007)
separately.

568.001.002
Relay 5010 PCB (5 Relay)

Product Codes
567.007.008
Alarm Relay 240Va.c. MK4

567.007.009
Alarm Relay 24Vdc MK4

Relays and Housings

Boxed Relays

Spare Relay Housing


Product Code
568.001.007
Relay 5000 Housing auxiliary relay
(small)

Product Code
568.001.008
Relay 5010 Housing auxiliary relay
(large)

Relays
Product Code
569.001.007
Cradle relay and retaining clip 2 C/O
26V nominal 700K ohm coil 5 amp
(used with Relay 5000 and 5010).

Product Code
609.001.015
24V Double Pole changeover
relay (PCB Mounted)

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 145

Chapter 17 - Miscellaneous Fire Products


Miscellaneous Fire Products
Wall mountable frames suitable for instructions & zonal diagrams. 5 way sounder card, useful for converting
existing systems.

Miscellaneous Products

Sprinkler Delay Module


Product Code
584.002.001
Sprinkler delay module. Provides
preset delay between sprinkler
pressure switch and conventional
fire detection panel.

Zonal Sounder Circuit Monitoring PCB


The Zonal Sounder Circuit
Monitoring PCB provides relay
inputs (5 off) to interface to 5
separate, and monitored sounder
circuits. Each has a maximum of 2
Amps capacity.

Product Code
541.001.018
Zonal sounder circuit monitoring
PCB
Dimensions 103 x 254 x 45mm

Fire Notice Frames


These frames are used mainly for
Fire Alarm Zone Charts and are
available to fit A4 to A1 size
drawings. These come supplied with
fitting hooks.

Page 146

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Product Codes
525.001.005
A4 Dimensions: 212mm x 297mm
525.001.006
A3 Dimensions: 280mm x 356mm
525.001.008
A2 Dimensions: 483mm x 367mm
525.001.007
A1 Dimensions: 483mm x 737mm

Chapter 18- DATWYLER Fire Resistant Cable


Fire Resistant Cable
DATWYLER lifeline cable is LPCB approved and is suitable for fire alarm systems.

DTWYLER Lifeline cable is suitable for fire alarms and


emergency lighting where BS6387 and BS7629 standards
are acceptable and meets the installation and performance
requirements of:
BS5839 Pt.1 for use in fire alarms
BS5266 for use with emergency lighting
IEC331 fire resistance
Lifeline is LPCB approved to BS6387 CAT CWZ and
BASEC approved to BS7629.
Lifeline is low smoke, zero halogen, has an integral
aluminium backed mylar tape screen with tinned drain wire
and requires no special terminations, tools or ferrules for
installation.

Full details of Lifeline cable can be found in the DTWYLER


Lifeline datasheets on the Tyco Safety Products website
(www.tycosafetyproducts - europe.com).
DTWYLER offer a wide range of cable and safety cabling
systems including complete safety cable systems to
DIN4102 part 12. All DTWYLER products are available at
preferential prices to Tyco companies via Tyco Safety
Products. For more information contact Rob Sutcliffe
(rsutcliffe@tycoint.com).
The following DTWYLER Lifeline cables are held in stock
at Tyco Safety Products, Letchworth warehouse, together
with suitable P clips and glands. Cables are priced per
metre but must be ordered in units of 100 metre. P clips
and glands are priced each but must be ordered in packs.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Construction
Conductor:

Product Codes

Bare copper, solid or


stranded to BS 6360
Insulation:
Special double layer
insulation according to
BS 7655, E15
Inner Covering: High temperature resistant
glass fibre tape
Screening:
Al-Laminated tape with
tinned copper drain wire,
solid to BS 6360
Outer Sheath:
Flame retardant polyolefin
compound according to
BS 7655, LTS3
Technical Properties
Rated Voltage: 300/500V
Test Voltage:
2000V, 50Hz core/core
2000V, 50Hz core/screen
Operating Temp: -15oC to +90oC
Core Colours:
2 cores + earth: red, black
4 cores + earth:red,yellow,blue,black
Sheath Colour: Red or white
General Properties

Zero Halogen, no corrosive gases IEC 60754-2, BS 6425 part 1

Reduced fire propagation - IEC 603323, BS 4066 part 3

Minimum smoke emission - IEC 61034,


BS 7622

Insulation integrity - IEC 60331


(FE180), BS 6387 (cat. CWZ)
Approvals

BASEC
No. of Cores x Cross Section (n x mm2) Copper Content (Kg/Km)
2 x 1.0
19
2 x 1.5
29
2 x 2.5
48
4 x 1.0
39
4 x 1.5
58

599.048.020
599.048.022
599.048.023
599.048.024
599.048.032
599.048.034
599.048.035
Product Codes

599.048.001
599.048.002
599.048.003
599.048.005
599.048.006
599.048.009
599.048.010

Description - DTWYLER
No. Cores
Core Size
2 + earth
1 mm
2 + earth
1.5 mm
2 + earth
1.5 mm
2 + earth
2.5 mm
4 + earth
1 mm
4 + earth
1.5 mm
4 + earth
1.5 mm

Lifeline cable
Colour
Red
Red
White
Red
Red
Red
White

Clips
P34 R
P34 R
P34 W
P37 R
P37 R
P40 R
P40 W

Fire Resistant Cable

Fire Resistant Cable

Description - DTWYLER Lifeline Fire Resistant P


Clips & Glands
Qty. per pack Reference
Colour
50
P34
Red
50
P34
White
50
P37
Red
50
P40
Red
50
P40
White
10
NG1
Red
10
NG1
White

Total Weight (Kg/Km) Outer Diameter (approx. mm) Calorific Potential (KWh/m)
75
7.4
0.16
97
8.2
0.18
141
9.6
0.24
114
8.6
0.23
149
9.6
0.27

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 147

Chapter 19 - Water Detection Systems


Water Leak Detection Alarms

Water Detection

The Water Leak detection system is a water detection alarm designed to be used in situations where not just flooding but also undue
dampness could cause damage or ultimately become dangerous.

The system comprises an electronic monitoring and alarm


control panel connected to sensors located in the area
requiring protection and can be custom made with a
variety of types of detection sensor to suit the
characteristics of the areas to be covered.
This system has been designed for ease of installation and
modern micro-electronics ensure a high degree of
reliability.

Typical Applications
Computer Rooms, Telecommunications and Office
Areas
Electrical Plant and Tank Areas
Valuables, Antiques and Artifacts
In general, wherever the presence of
water could be a potential problem to
people, equipment, perishable stock,
data/information archives and record
stores, hospital theatres and so on.
There are also sensors for the detection of non-conductive
fluids such as diesel/oil.

Features
Suitable for computer rooms
Wide range of sensors
Relay contacts to interface to BMS or fire alarm
controllers

DETEK Water Flood Detection Controllers


Controller electronics are housed in a robust cabinet and
provide accurate sensing for water leakage and
comprehensive alarm facilities.
The system is ideal for all types of applications utilising a
mixture of sensors on a single control panel to give
optimum flexibility.
All systems have a test facility to enable simple regular
confidence checking of the equipment.
Lockable cabinets constructed in mild steel with stove
enamelled finish for surface mounting. 20mm Knockouts
are provided for ease of cable entry.
Indications of status on each zone, wiring fault and supply
healthy. Mains fail battery back-up indication where
applicable.
The 85dBA pulsed audible alarm has a fully functional local
mute facility.

Quality:

Electro Magnetic Compatibility - All


of the control panels and sensors have been
performance tested to meet the requirements
of EN55022 for emissions and EN50092
for immunity
British International Standards - The equipment
is manufactured in accordance with EN ISO
9001 procedures
Electrical Safety - Manufactured in
accordance with Electrical Equipment
(Safety) Regulations 1994 - Low
Voltage Directive (SI 1994/3260).

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Dimensions:

508.200.004
508.200.005
508.200.006

Supply:

Page 148

160H x 220W x 62D mm


(Single Zone)
270H x 362W x 84D mm
(Multi Zone)
Single phase 240Va.c., 25VA
Max. Relay Contacts:Two sets of
volt free change
over contacts for alarm and
one set for wiring fault or
power loss. These may be
used to link into Building
Management Systems or for
remote alarms and beacons
up to 2A, 50Va.c./d.c.

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

1 Zone - water/flood control panel


2 Zone - water/flood control panel
4 Zone - water/flood control panel

Chapter 19 - Water Detection Systems


Compatible Sensors
Features
Wide range
Compact size
High Flexibility Conductors

Sensor Cable
Sensor cable comprises high flexibility conductors
insulated by Helagaine mono-filament braiding. Cable or
tape sensors are suitable for general protection under false
floors, or can be fastened directly to pipework enabling
coverage in ceiling void areas.
The cables can be connected together, up to 100m, to
cater for larger areas. For each zone a start of line and an
end of line module is required.

Sensor Pads
Sensor pads are constructed from glass fibre with an anticorrosive nickel plated surface. Pads will detect a few ccs
of liquid and are either face up for location under vulnerable
points or face down for a general coverage.
Probe Sensors
Probe sensors are the least sensitive and are often
employed as water level sensors. In general the sensor is
enclosed in a protective cover which also provides a means
for fixing and 20mm gland entry. The probe is designed for
vertical mounting at skirting level though may be mounted
in voids or sumps. A screw allows 16mm height adjustment
after the sensor is installed.

Technical Specification

Product Codes

Sensor Cable
Dimensions:

Sensor Cable
516.200.010
CD/5 5 metre length of sensing cable
516.200.011
CD/10 10 metre length of sensing cable
516.200.012
SOL Start of line for sensing cable
516.200.013
EOL End of line for sensing cable
516.200.014
FF1 Sensing cable fixing clips
516.200.015
CDT Sensing cable identification tags
Sensor Pads
516.200.016
SFU Sensor pad face up
516.200.006
SFD Sensor pad face down
516.200.007
SFD/C Cover for sensor pad face down
Probe Sensors
516.200.004
SPS/V Vertical mounting probe sensor
complete with cover

8mm dia

Sensor Pads
Technical Specification
Dimensions:
115H x 160W mm
Probe Sensors
Dimensions:

85H x 62W x 62D mm

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 149

Water Detection

Sensor Cable, Sensor Pads & Probe Sensors

Notes

Page 150

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

INDEX
Stock Code No.

Page

Stock Code No.

Page

Stock Code No.

Page

10-115
171.392
20-100
20-101
20-112
20-113
20-118
20-120
2500/032
2500/034
2500/045
2500/051
2500/052
2500/119
2500/120
2500/220
2500/221
2500/222
2500/383
2500/384
2500/755
2500/756
2500/757
2500/758
2500/759
2500/774
2500/775
2500/776
2500/777
2500/778
2500/930
2501/025
2501/028
40-103
40-104
40-105
508.013.016
508.020.007
508.020.015
508.020.020
508.020.021
508.020.022
508.020.201
508.020.202
508.020.203
508.020.204
508.022.001
508.022.002
508.022.003
508.022.008
508.022.010
508.022.016
508.022.018
508.022.019
508.022.021
508.022.035
508.022.036

121
136
128
128
142
142
138
142
50
50
56
56
56
56
56
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
56
56
56
63
63
63
61
40
40
42
42
42
40
40
40
40
53
53
53
51
51
51
51
51
53
59
59

508.022.037
508.022.038
508.022.042
508.022.043
508.022.044
508.030.102
508.030.201
508.030.202
508.030.203
508.030.301
508.030.502
508.030.503
508.030.504
508.200.004
508.200.005
508.200.006
508722
509.013.026
509.013.031
509.022.001
509.022.003
509.022.004
509.022.005
509.022.006
509.022.007
509.022.008
509.022.010
509.022.011
509.022.013
509.022.015
509.022.016
509.022.018
509.022.021
509.022.024
509.022.033
509.030.001
509.030.005
509.030.015
509.030.016
509.030.017
509.030.019
509.030.022
509.030.023
509.030.024
509.030.027
514.001.009
514.001.010.A
514.001.010.T
514.001.010.Y
514.001.012
514.001.013
514.001.014
514.001.042.A
514.001.042.T
514.001.042.Y
514.001.043.A
514.001.043.T

59
51
51
51
51
49
49
49
49
49
55
57
57
148
148
148
129
61
133
51, 53, 59
52, 59
52, 59
52, 59
52
52, 53
51, 53
59
51, 53
51, 53, 59
59
59
59
51
59
51, 53
49
49, 55
49, 55
49, 55
58
49
49
49
49
49, 55
108
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

514.001.043.Y
514.001.058
514.001.059
514.001.060.A
514.001.060.T
514.001.060.Y
514.001.062
514.001.063
514.002.002.A
514.800.503.A
514.800.503.T
514.800.503.Y
514.800.504.A
514.800.504.T
514.800.504.Y
514.800.505.T
514.800.506.T
514.800.511.T
514.800.512.T
514.800.513
515.001.003
515.001.009
515.001.010
515.001.014
515.001.019
515.001.021
515.001.023
515.001.024
515.001.025
515.001.026
515.001.027
515.001.028
515.001.029
515.001.030
515.001.031
515.001.032
515.001.034
515.001.035
515.001.036
515.001.037
515.001.038
515.001.039
515.001.043
515.001.045
515484
515485
515487
515590
516.009.023
516.014.019
516.014.020
516.015.006.A
516.015.006.T
516.015.007
516.015.008
516.015.009

120
109
109
120
120
120
103
103
120
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
103
122
122
122
122
122
121
122
122
122
121
122
121
123
123
123
123
123, 124
123, 124
123, 124
125
125
125
125
121
112
112
112
78
98
73
73
112
112
112
112
125

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 151

INDEX
Stock Code No.

Page

Stock Code No.

Page

Stock Code No.

Page

516.015.011
516.015.012
516.016.005
516.016.006
516.016.010
516.016.011
516.016.012
516.016.111
516.016.112
516.016.113
516.016.115
516.018.001
516.018.002
516.018.003
516.018.004
516.018.005
516.018.006
516.018.007
516.018.008
516.018.009
516.018.010
516.018.011
516.018.012
516.018.013
516.018.016
516.018.019
516.018.020
516.018.021
516.018.022
516.018.023
516.018.024
516.018.101
516.018.102
516.018.103
516.018.104
516.018.106
516.018.107
516.018.108
516.018.119
516.018.120
516.018.201
516.018.203
516.018.204
516.018.206
516.018.210
516.018.214
516.018.219
516.018.260
516.018.261
516.018.262
516.018.264
516.018.265
516.018.268
516.018.269
516.018.270
516.018.301
516.018.302

113
113
115
115
115
115
115
114
114
114
114
87
87
87
88
88
88
88
88
88
86
86
86
87
88
88
85
85
85
85
85
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
91
90
90

516.018.303
516.018.401
516.018.402
516.018.407
516.018.501
516.018.502
516.018.503
516.018.504
516.018.505
516.018.506
516.018.508
516.018.509
516.018.514
516.018.515
516.018.901
516.018.902
516.018.903
516.018.904
516.018.905
516.018.906
516.018.907
516.018.908
516.018.909
516.018.910
516.018.911
516.018.912
516.018.915
516.018.918
516.018.920
516.033.011
516.033.012
516.033.013
516.033.014
516.037.003
516.037.004
516.037.015
516.038.003
516.038.004
516.039.003
516.039.004
516.040.002
516.040.012
516.041.003
516.041.004
516.052.041.Y
516.052.051.Y
516.054.011.Y
516.058.002.Y
516.060.010
516.060.011
516.060.012
516.060.040
516.060.041
516.061.001.Y
516.200.004
516.200.006
516.200.007

90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
92
92
92
92
93
93
93
93
92
93
93
93
93
93
93
107
107
107
107
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
105
105
105
105
100
100
100
100
100
106
149
149
149

516.200.010
516.200.011
516.200.012
516.200.013
516.200.014
516.200.015
516.200.016
516.600.001.T
516.600.001.Y
516.600.001A
516.600.002.A
516.600.002.T
516.600.002.Y
516.600.003.A
516.600.003.T
516.600.003.Y
516.600.004.A
516.600.004.T
516.600.004.Y
516.600.005.A
516.600.005.T
516.600.005.Y
516.600.006
516.600.007
516.600.013.A
516.600.013.T
516.600.013.Y
516.600.066
516.600.067
516.600.201
516.600.202
516.600.203
516.600.204
516.600.213
516.800,912
516.800.006
516.800.007
516.800.066
516.800.067
516.800.500.A
516.800.500.T
516.800.500.W
516.800.500.Y
516.800.501A
516.800.501T
516.800.501W
516.800.501Y
516.800.502.A
516.800.502.T
516.800.502.W
516.800.502.Y
516.800.507
516.800.508T
516.800.509
516.800.513
516.800.515.A
516.800.515.T

149
149
149
149
149
149
149
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
73
73
73
73
73
72
72
72
105
105
72
72
72
72
72
82
66
66
102
102
66
66
66
66
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67
66
67
67
78
67
67

Page 152

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

INDEX
Stock Code No.

Page

Stock Code No.

Page

Stock Code No.

Page

516.800.515.W
516.800.515.Y
516.800.530
516.800.531
516.800.532
516.800.800
516.800.800.A
516.800.800.Y
516.800.905
516.800.907
516.800.908
516.800.909
516.800.910
516.800.911
516.800.912
516.800.913
516.800.915
516.800.917
516.800.918
516.800.922
516.800.923
516.800.924
516.800.926
516.800.927
516.800.929
516.800.931
516.800.932
516.800.933
516.800.934
516.800.935
516.800.936
516.800.937
516.800.938
516.800.953
516.800.954
517.001.035
517.001.036
517.001.037
517.001.038
517.001.039
517.001.040
517.001.120
517.001.130
517.001.146
517.001.184
517.001.196
517.001.197
517.001.198
517.001.199
517.001.200
517.001.201
517.001.202
517.001.205
517.001.206
517.001.207
517.001.224

67
67
102
102
102
68
68
68
79
79
81
81
78, 82,83
78, 82,83
82, 83
78,82,83
80
116
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
79
79
84
84
84
84
84
84
106, 111
73
98
99
111
111
111
111
111
110
110
111
111
111
116

517.001.226
517.001.230
517.001.231
517.001.240
517.001.242
517.001.243
517.001.244
517.001.245
517.001.246
517.001.247
517.001.248
517.001.254
517.001.255
517.001.256
517.001.259
517.001.262
517.001.263
517.001.264
517.001.266
517.017.005
517.017.006
517.025.028
517.025.029
517.025.030
517.025.031
517.025.033
517.025.035
517.025.036
517.035.007
517.035.010
517.035.011
517.035.014
517.035.015
517.050.002.A
517.050.015
517.050.016
517.050.017
517.050.018
517.050.019
517.050.022
517.050.600
517.050.603
517.050.604
517.050.605
517.050.612
517.050.614
517.201.401
518.004.004
518.004.005
519.001.008
525.001.005
525.001.006
525.001.007
525.001.008
526.001.016.T
526.001.018

116
116
106
116
116
116
110
103, 110
110
103, 111
103, 111
116
116
116
103
116
96
116
96
94
94
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
33
34
34
34
34
67
79
80
77
77
77
78
77
81
81
77
81
81
33
63
63
63
146
146
146
146
57
58

526.001.019
526.001.020
527.001.003
527.001.013
527.001.028
540.001.030
540.001.031
540.001.032
540.001.033
540.001.038
540.001.039
540.007.001
540.007.002
540.007.006
540.007.007
540.011.012
540.011.013
541.001.018
542.000
542.001
542.002
542.003
542.005
542.006
542.007
542.008
542.009
542.010
542.011
542.012
542.014
542.019
542.020
542.021
542.022
542.024
542.025
542.026
542.031
542.036
542.044
542.045
542.047
542.049
542.052
542.053
542.064
542.079
542.080
542.081
542.084
542.085
542.087
542.088
542.089
542.094

58
58
57
57, 58
57
142
142
142
142
144
143
58
58
58
58
141
141
146
17
17
16
20
20
12, 13, 22
12, 18
12, 28
19, 27
12, 22
12, 37
19
23
24
25
25
25
27
12, 22
12
28
12, 38
13
20
28
28
28
28
22
28
12
12
13
13
13
20
20
46

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 153

INDEX
Stock Code No.

Page

Stock Code No.

Page

Stock Code No.

Page

542.096
542.098
542.100
542.105
542.106
542.107
542.108
545.800.004
545.800.033
546.004.005
552.004
552.005
552.006
552.007
552.202.204
552.202.205
552.202.209
555.800.001
555.800.002
555.800.012
555.800.032
555.800.042
555.800.063
555.800.064
555.800.065
555.800.066
555.800.067
557.001.040.A
557.001.040.Y
557.180.005
557.180.016
557.180.022
557.180.052
557.180.053
557.180.095
557.180.096.A
557.180.096.T
557.180.096.Y
557.180.097.A
557.180.097.T
557.180.097.Y
557.180.148.A
557.180.151
557.180.152
557.180.208
557.180.209
557.180.219
557.180.220
557.180.239
557.180.246
557.180.406
557.180.423
557.180.452
557.180.454
557.180.699
557.180.700

46
9
47
47
46
47
47
30
30
110
119
119
119
119
5
5
5
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
32
32
32
78
78
8, 25
8, 26
7
19
17
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
44
27
27
28
28
44
27
27
44
7
30
7
7
44
44

557.200.001
557.200.002
557.200.003
557.200.004
557.200.005
557.200.006
557.200.007
557.200.008
557.200.009
557.200.012
557.200.013
557.200.014
557.200.015
557.200.016
557.200.017
557.200.018
557.200.019
557.200.020
557.200.021
557.200.022
557.200.023
557.200.027
557.200.029
557.200.030
557.200.038
557.200.200
557.200.201
557.200.202
557.200.203
557.200.204
557.200.205
557.200.206
557.200.207
557.200.208
557.200.209
557.200.210
557.200.600
557.200.601
557.200.602
557.200.603
557.200.604
557.200.605
557.200.610
557.200.611
557.200.612
557.200.901
557.201.209
557.201.210
557.201.211
557.201.216
557.201.300
557.201.301
557.201.302
557.201.303
557.201.305
557.201.306

6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
6
8
8
20
20
7
8
8
7
6
6
6
6
9
28
27
44
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
11
10
10
11
10
10
11
11
38
5, 21
5, 21
5
10
28
28
28
32
28
28

557.201.310
557.201.401
557.202.000
557.202.001
557.202.002
557.202.003
557.202.004
557.202.005
557.202.006
557.202.007
557.202.012
557.202.013
557.202.019
557.202.020
557.202.021
557.202.022
557.202.024
557.202.025
557.202.026
557.202.027
557.202.028
557.202.036
557.202.040
557.202.043
557.202.050
557.202.051
557.202.055
557.202.056
557.202.057
557.202.058
557.202.061
557.202.063
557.202.064
557.202.065
557.202.066
557.202.067
557.202.100
557.202.101
557.202.103
557.202.113
557.202.116
557.202.117
557.202.118
557.202.120
557.202.121
557.202.202
557.202.203
557.202.206
557.202.403
557.202.405
557.203.001
557.203.002
557.203.003
557.203.004
557.203.005
557.203.007

28
32
17
17
16
20
20
20
6, 8, 22
5, 6, 18
19
23
24
5, 25
5, 25
5, 25
5, 27
22
5, 6, 44
20, 21, 29
8
6, 38
20
20
20, 21
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
22
23
24
28
6, 28, 38
19, 27
6, 27, 37
45
45
21
21
5
20
20
37
38
37
38
28
40

Page 154

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

INDEX
Stock Code No.

Page

Stock Code No.

Page

Stock Code No.

Page

557.203.008
557.300.001
557.300.002
557.300.003
557.300.004
557.300.005
557.300.006
557.301.005
557.301.006
557.301.007.N
557.301.007.P
557.301.011
557.301.012
557.301.014
557.301.101
557.301.102
558.004.006
558.004.008
558.004.013
558.004.014
558.004.015
558.004.016
561.036
561.037
561.038
561.039
561.040
561.041
561.042
561.043
561.044
561.045
561.046
561.052
562.000
562.001
562.002
562.003
562.004
562.011
562.012
562.015
562.017
567.005.004
567.007.008
567.007.009
568.001.002
568.001.007
568.001.008
568.001.018
568.800.003
568.800.004
568.800.033
568.800.034
569.001.007
571.082

103
46
46
46
46
46
46
47
46
47
46
47
46
27, 47
46
47
64
63
64
64
64
64
87
87
87
88
88
88
86
86
88
88
88
86
66
67
67
67
67
29
29
32
32
145
145
145
145
49, 145
145
78
31
31
31
31
145
89

571.083
571.084
571.085
571.086
571.087
571.088
571.104
572.000
572.005
572.006
572.007
572.008
572.009
572.012
572.014
572.015
572.016
572.017
572.018
572.020
572.021
572.022
572.023
572.024
572.025
572.027
572.028
572.029
572.030
572.032
572.034
572.036
572.039
572.048
572.049
572.050
572.051
572.052
572.054
572.055
572.065
573.013.103
573.013.301
576.500.004.A
576.500.004.T
576.500.009.A
576.500.009.T
576.501.001
576.501.002
576.501.003
576.501.005.A
576.501.005.T
576.501.012
576.501.013
576.501.016.A
576.501.016.T

89
89
90
90
91
91
89
81
116
36
31
31
31
31
31
30
29
29
20, 29
29
31
31
31
31
30
31
79
79
36
36
33
33
19
77
77
78
79
79
30
30
7
49
49
127
127
127
127
133
133
133
130
130
141
103, 133
130
130

576.501.022.A
576.501.022.T
576.501.023.A
576.501.023.T
576.501.025.A
576.501.030
576.501.031
576.501.032.A
576.501.032.T
576.501.034.A
576.501.035.A
576.501.038
576.501.039.A
576.501.039.T
576.501.040.A
576.501.042
576.501.043
576.501.044.A
576.501.044.T
576.501.045
576.501.047
576.501.101
576.501.103
576.501.104.A
576.501.200
576.501.201
576.501.202
576.501.203
576.501.204
576.501.205
576.501.220
576.501.221
576.501.224
576.501.228
576.501.230
576.501.240
576.501.241
576.502.011
577.001.002
577.001.023
577.001.033
577.001.035
577.001.036
577.001.037
577.001.038
577.002.002
577.002.003
577.002.007
577.002.008
577.800.005
577.800.011
577.800.035
577.800.041
584.002.001
592.001.005
592.001.010

128
128
128
128
130
137
137
132
132
135
135
132
127
127
127
134
140
127
127
127
132
134
134
135
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
138
141
141
137
137
133
127
31
31
78, 82, 83
78, 82, 83
78, 82, 83
78, 82, 83
28
28
28
28
31
31
31
31
146
99
99

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Page 155

INDEX
Stock Code No.

Page

Stock Code No.

Page

592.001.011
592.001.012
592.001.014
592.001.016
592.001.018
599.001.012
599.047.005
599.047.006
599.047.007
599.047.008
599.047.011
599.047.012
599.047.013
599.047.014
599.047.015
599.047.016
599.047.018
599.047.019
599.047.020
599.047.021
599.047.022
599.047.023
599.047.024
599.047.030
599.047.031
599.047.032
599.047.033
599.048.001
599.048.002
599.048.003
599.048.005
599.048.006
599.048.009
599.048.010
599.048.020
599.048.022
599.048.023
599.048.024
599.048.032
599.048.034
599.048.035
609.001.015
659.001.022
70-133
90-107
90-110
920450
95-131
960673
960684
960687
AM2801/000
PBMX01
PBMX01E
PS-1212
PS-12120
PS-12170

99
99
99
99
99
57
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
145
28
120
121
120
112
121
121
121
121
73
39
39
62
62
62

PS-1219
PS-12240
PS-1230
PS-12380
PS-1242
PS-12650
PS-1270
PS-610
PS-6100
PS-612
PS-630
PS-640
PSV001
PSV008
PSV009
PSV010
PSV011
PSV012
PSV013
ROSHRDSR

62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
136

Page 156

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Stock Code No.

Page

European Distribution Centre - Echt, Holland:


(Warehousing/Distribution/
Purchasing/Customer Service/
Call Centre Helpdesk)
Voltaweg 20
6101 XK
Echt
Holland
Tel: +31 475 371 666
Fax: +31 475 371 660
tfseu.service@tycoint.com

European TSP Technical Support Call Centre


Toll Free: 0800 CALL TYCO or
(0800 22 55 89 26)
9:00 to 19:00 CET
8:00 to 18:00 GMT
7:00 to 17:00 EET

The right is reserved to modify or withdraw any product or service without notice

a vital part of your world


2005 Tyco International
PMC001 Is 5.2/06.2006

www.tycosafetyproducts-europe.com

UK Distribution Centre
(Warehousing/Distribution/Purchasing)
Dunhams Lane
Letchworth
Hertforshire
SG6 1BE
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0) 1462 667 700
Fax: +44 (0) 1462 667 777
tfsuk.service@tycoint.com